ProTrainings Instructor Manual

advertisement
Follows 2010
ECC/ILCOR
Guidelines
Copyright 2013
Update 4/1/2013
ProTrainings Instructor Certification Facts ............................... 1
Course Description, Purpose, and Design ........................................ 1
Course Delivery Options ................................................................... 2
Instructor Course Content ................................................................. 3
ProTrainings Skill Evaluator Certification Facts ..................... 4
Course Description, Purpose, and Design ....................................... 4
Blended Courses ............................................................................. 5
Course Content Chart ......................................................................... 6
Instructor/Skill Evaluator Training Checklist ............................ 8
Instructor/Skill Evaluator-Objectives, Needs, Philosophy 10
How to Conduct Skill Practice and Evaluation ....................... 11
Common Errors and Corrections ..............................................12-13
Instructor Activities Introduction ................................................. 14
ProCPR Instructor Course Activities .......................................... 15
Course Introduction ....................................................................... 16
Five Fears .................................................................................16-17
Basic Physiology and CPR Philosophy.......................................... 17
The ProCPR Method ..................................................................... 18
Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks ..............................18-19
Stroke ............................................................................................ 19
Bloodborne Pathogens and Reducing Risk ................................... 20
The Chain of Survival ...............................................................20-21
Rescue Breathing– Adult, Child & Infant...................................21-22
Rescue Breathing Skill Session ......................................22-23
One Rescuer CPR- Adult, Child & Infant ....................................... 24
One Rescuer CPR Skill Session .....................................24-25
AED– Adult, Child & Infant ........................................................26-27
AED Skill Session ................................................................. 27
Conscious Choking- Adult, Child & Infant ...................................... 28
Conscious Choking Skill Session .......................................... 28
Unconscious Choking- Adult, Child & Infant .................................. 29
Unconscious Choking Skill Session .................................29-30
2 Rescuer CPR– Adult, Child & Infant ........................................... 31
Bag Valve Mask ........................................................................31-32
2 Rescuer CPR Skill Session ................................................ 32
Bleeding Control ............................................................................ 33
Shock............................................................................................. 33
Perform Ongoing Assessment ..................................................33-34
Special Considerations– Spinal Injury and Jaw Thrust .................. 34
Written Test ................................................................................... 35
After Course Responsibilities ......................................................... 35
ProFirstAid Instructor Course Activities................................... 36
Course Introduction ....................................................................... 37
Five Fears .................................................................................37-38
Basic Physiology and CPR Philosophy.......................................... 38
The ProCPR Method ..................................................................... 39
Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks ..............................39-40
Stroke ............................................................................................ 40
Bloodborne Pathogens and Reducing Risk ................................... 41
The Chain of Survival ...............................................................41-42
CPR- Adult, Child & Infant ............................................................. 43
CPR Skill Session ...........................................................33-44
AED– Adult, Child & Infant ........................................................45-46
AED Skill Session ................................................................. 46
Conscious Choking- Adult, Child & Infant ...................................... 47
Conscious Choking Skill Session .......................................... 47
Unconscious Choking- Adult, Child & Infant .................................. 48
Unconscious Choking Skill Session .................................48-49
Bleeding Control ........................................................................... 50
Bleeding Control Skill Session .............................................. 51
Shock............................................................................................. 52
Perform Ongoing Assessments ................................................52-53
First Aid:
Perform Ongoing Assessments ........................................... 52
Head to Toe Exam............................................................... 53
Suspected Spinal Injuries .................................................... 54
Muscle and Bone Injuries .................................................... 54
Burns ................................................................................... 55
Eyes ............................................................................... 55-56
Heat and Cold Emergencies ........................................... 56-57
Allergic Reactions and Snake Bites ................................ 57-58
Poisoning ........................................................................ 58-59
Chest and Head Injuries ...................................................... 59
Abdominal Injuries ............................................................... 59
Diabetic Emergencies.......................................................... 60
Seizures .............................................................................. 60
Moving Patients ................................................................... 61
Written Test ................................................................................... 61
After Course Responsibilities ........................................................ 61
ProFirstAid Basic Instructor Course Activities ..................... 64
Course Introduction ....................................................................... 65
Five Fears ................................................................................ 65-66
Basic Physiology and CPR Philosophy ......................................... 66
The ProCPR Method ..................................................................... 67
Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks .............................. 67-68
Stroke ............................................................................................ 68
Bloodborne Pathogens and Reducing Risk ................................... 69
The Chain of Survival ............................................................... 69-70
Adult CPR...................................................................................... 71
Adult CPR Skill Session ................................................. 71-72
AED– Adult ............................................................................... 73-74
AED Skill Session ................................................................. 74
Conscious Choking ....................................................................... 75
Conscious Choking Skill Session .......................................... 75
Unconscious Choking .................................................................... 76
Unconscious Choking Skill Session ................................. 76-77
Bleeding Control ........................................................................... 78
Bleeding Control Skill Session .............................................. 79
Shock ............................................................................................ 80
First Aid:
Perform Ongoing Assessments ...................................... 80-81
Head to Toe Exam............................................................... 81
Suspected Spinal Injuries .................................................... 82
Muscle and Bone Injuries .................................................... 82
Burns ................................................................................... 83
Eyes ............................................................................... 83-84
Heat and Cold Emergencies ........................................... 84-85
Allergic Reactions and Snake Bites ................................ 85-86
Poisoning ........................................................................ 86-87
Chest and Head Injuries ...................................................... 87
Abdominal Injuries ............................................................... 87
Diabetic Emergencies.......................................................... 88
Seizures .............................................................................. 88
Moving Patients ................................................................... 89
Written Test ................................................................................... 89
After Course Responsibilities ........................................................ 89
ProCPR Basic Instructor Course Activities ............................. 91
Course Introduction ....................................................................... 92
Five Fears ................................................................................ 92-93
Basic Physiology and CPR Philosophy ......................................... 93
The ProCPR Method ..................................................................... 94
Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks .............................. 94-95
Stroke ............................................................................................ 95
Bloodborne Pathogens and Reducing Risk ................................... 96
The Chain of Survival ............................................................... 96-97
Adult CPR...................................................................................... 98
Adult CPR Skill Session ................................................. 98-99
AED– Adult ............................................................................ 100-101
AED Skill Session ............................................................... 101
Conscious Choking ..................................................................... 102
Conscious Choking Skill Session ........................................ 102
Unconscious Choking ................................................................. 103
Unconscious Choking Skill Session............................. 103-104
Bleeding Control ......................................................................... 105
Shock .......................................................................................... 106
Perform Ongoing Assessments ........................................... 106-107
Moving Patients........................................................................... 107
Written Test ................................................................................. 107
After Course Responsibilities ...................................................... 107
ProFirstAid Advanced Instructor Course Activities .......... 109
Course Introduction ..................................................................... 110
Written Test ................................................................................. 110
After Course Responsibilities ...................................................... 110
Appendices:
Appendix A– Skill Evaluation Checklists and Skill Sheets ......................... 112
ProCPR Skill Evaluation Checklist .............................................. 114
ProCPR Skill Sheets ............................................................ 116-131
ProFirstAid Skill Evaluation Checklist .......................................... 134
ProFirstAid Skill Sheets........................................................ 136-146
ProFirstAid Basic Skill Evaluation Checklist ................................ 148
ProFirstAid Basic Skill Sheets .............................................. 150-155
ProCPR Basic Skill Evaluation Checklist .................................... 156
ProCPR Basic Skill Sheets .................................................. 158-162
ProFirstAid Advanced Skill Evaluation Checklist ......................... 164
ProFirstAid Advanced Skill Sheets .............................................. 166
Appendix B– Blended Course Information and Skill Evaluator Facts ........ 168
Blended Course Information ....................................................... 170
Skill Evaluator/Instructor Application .................................... 172-173
Skill Evaluator Training Facts ...................................................... 174
Appendix C– Quality Assurance ................................................................ 177
Course Evaluation ....................................................................... 178
Appendix D– Written Tests ........................................................................ 181
ProCPR Test Answer Key ........................................................... 183
ProCPR Test Answer Sheets ...................................................... 185
ProCPR Written Test............................................................ 187-190
ProFirstAid Test Answer Key ...................................................... 192
ProFirstAid Test Answer Sheets ................................................. 193
ProFirstAid Written Test ....................................................... 195-200
ProFirstAid Basic Test Answer Key............................................. 202
ProFirstAid Basic Test Answer Sheets........................................ 205
ProFirstAid Basic Written Test ............................................. 207-211
ProCPR Basic Test Answer Key ................................................. 213
ProCPR Basic Test Answer Sheets ............................................ 215
ProCPR Basic Written Test .................................................. 217-219
ProFirstAid Advanced Test Answer Key ..................................... 221
ProFirstAid Advanced Test Answer Sheets ............................... 223
ProFirstAid Advanced Written Test ...................................... 225-231
Appendix E- Sample Certification Cards ............................................ 233-234
Appendix F– Manikin Decontamination & Participant Safety ..................... 235
Appendix G– ProBloodborne Course ........................................................ 237
ProTrainings Instructor Certification Facts
Description:
The ProTrainings, LLC Instructor trainings are designed to prepare individuals to teach CPR,
FirstAid, and Bloodborne Pathogens courses. Instructors will have several options available to
provide certification to students: traditional classroom, blended classroom, online blended, and
reselling of 100%online programs.
Purpose:
ProTrainings, LLC Instructor certification is designed to provide individuals with the skills, tools,
and knowledge to successfully teach students CPR, First Aid, and Bloodborne Pathogens.
Upon successful completion, Instructors can issue student certificates according to their level
of training.
Course Design:
Prerequisite:
 Must have a current ProTrainings, LLC student/provider level certificate or equivalent
that is equal to the skill level of desired instructor certificate.
Instructor Training: Complete course content is available at www.proinstructortraining.com
 Total time: 8-16 hours
 Instructor Training- Includes a blended combination of online training, live skills demonstration, practice teaching and skill assessment. The time for the online portion is
dependent on the level of certification desired and individual student needs.
Instructor Bridge for Current Certified Instructors:
 Current certified Instructors with a recognized organization must complete the ProTrainings online instructor training for the equivalent instructor level of certification,
and submit a current recognized equivalent CPR/FirstAid instructor certification to be
bridged as a ProTrainings, LLC Instructor.
Certificate Awarded:
There are four levels of ProTrainings, LLC certified Instructors:
 ProCPR Instructor–Can issue certificates for ProCPR, ProFirstAid Advanced,
ProFirstAid, ProFirstAid Basic, ProCPR Basic, and ProBloodborne
 ProFirstAid Instructor-Can issue certificates for ProFirstAid, ProFirstAid Basic,
ProCPR Basic, and ProBloodborne
 ProFirstAid Basic Instructor– Can issue certificates for ProFirstAid Basic,
ProCPR Basic, and ProBloodborne
 ProBloodborne Instructor– Can issue certificates for ProBloodborne
Each instructor certificate is valid for 2 years. Instructors must complete a minimum of 2
classes or skill evaluations before expiration date and complete all updates as required
1
in order to renew the certification. Also one can submit a current equivalent instructor
certification from another recognized organization for Instructor certificate renewal.
ProTrainings Instructor Course Delivery Options
Blended Course (Active for a 2 year period): An individual completes cognitive
training and testing online by watching video segments, completing activities, and
passing a written test. A hands-on skills session for skills practice and evaluation by a
registered ProTrainings, LLC Instructor or Skill Evaluator is required to complete the
certification process.
Classroom (Active for a 2 year period): . The class is led by a registered
ProTrainings, LLC Instructor. The instructor uses the video segments for the course to
conduct the training. The instructor is then responsible to lead the students in skills
practice, provide a skills evaluation and administer a written test.
Online Cognitive Recertification (Active for a 2 year period): An individual who
holds a certificate from a recognized organization, expired by no more than 6 months,
can complete cognitive recertification online. The online certification is for awarenesslevel cognitive training. Individuals must check with their administration or licensing
body to determine if the online awareness level certification will meet their licensure or
organizational requirements.
Certification
Format
Training URL
Accredited 2 Year Certification
Blended
ProCPR:
Healthcare Provider
Adult/Child/& Infant CPR/AED
2 year certification
Classroom
Cognitive Only
100% Online
Online Training
Online training, testing,
&
& required hands-on Training, testing, and skill
evaluation in classroom
Testing
skill evaluation
Length: 5 Hours
www.procpr.org
Skill Eval Length: 45 min
ProFirstAid Advanced
Online training, testing,
Healthcare Provider Adult/Child/ & required hands-on Training, testing, and skill Online Training
evaluation in classroom
&
& Infant CPR/AED & First Aid
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 45 min
Length: 8 Hours
Testing
2 year certification
www.advanced.profirstaid.com
ProFirstAid:
Adult/Child/ & Infant CPR/AED
& First Aid
2 year certification
Online training, testing,
Online Training
& required hands-on Training, testing, and skill
&
skill evaluation
evaluation in classroom
Testing
Skill Eval Length: 30 min
Length: 6 Hours
www.profirstaid.com
ProFirstAid Basic:
Adult CPR/AED & First Aid
2 year certification
Online training, testing,
Online Training
& required hands-on Training, testing, and skill
&
skill evaluation
evaluation in classroom
Testing
Length: 4 Hours
www.basic.profirstaid.com
Skill Eval Length: 20 min
ProCPR Basic:
Adult CPR/AED
2 year certification
Online training, testing,
& required hands-on Training, testing, and skill Online Training
&
evaluation in classroom
skill evaluation
Testing
www.adult.procpr.org
Length: 2 Hours
Skill Eval Length: 15 min
ProBloodborne:
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1030
& Infection Control
1 year certification
2
Training and testing in
classroom
Length: 2 Hours
Online Training
&
Testing
www.probloodborne.com
Instructor Course Content:
ProCPR Instructor Certification: Healthcare provider adult, child, infant CPR/AED and First Aid
Skills and knowledge include:
 Rescue breathing for all ages
 Conscious choking for all ages
 Unconscious choking for all ages
 CPR for one and two rescuers for all ages
 AED for all ages
 Mouth to mask and a bag-valve mask usage
 Heart attack and stroke
 Bloodborne Pathogens
 Bleeding Control
 Musculoskeletal Injuries
 Poisoning










Shock Management
Breathing Emergencies
Diabetic Emergencies
Burns
Bites and Stings
Allergic Reactions
Seizures
Heat and Cold Emergencies
Evaluating students
Classroom management
ProFirstAid Instructor Certification: Layrescuer adult, child, infant CPR/AED and First Aid
Skills and knowledge include:
 Conscious choking for all ages
 Unconscious choking for all ages
 CPR for one rescuer for all ages
 AED for all ages
 Mouth to mask usage
 Heart attack and stroke
 Bloodborne Pathogens
 Bleeding Control
 Musculoskeletal Injuries
 Poisoning










Shock Management
Breathing Emergencies
Diabetic Emergencies
Burns
Bites and Stings
Allergic Reactions
Seizures
Heat and Cold Emergencies
Evaluating students
Classroom management
ProFirstAid Basic Instructor Certification: Layrescuer adult CPR/AED and First Aid
Skills and knowledge include:
 Conscious choking for adults
 Unconscious choking for adults
 CPR for one rescuer for adults
 AED for adults
 Mouth to mask usage
 Heart attack and stroke
 Bloodborne Pathogens
 Bleeding Control
 Musculoskeletal Injuries
 Poisoning










Shock Management
Breathing Emergencies
Diabetic Emergencies
Burns
Bites and Stings
Allergic Reactions
Seizures
Heat and Cold Emergencies
Evaluating students
Classroom management
ProBloodborne Instructor Certification: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1030 and Infection Control
Skills and knowledge include:
 What are Bloodborne Pathogens
 How Bloodborne Pathogens are spread
 HIV and AIDS
 Hepatitis B Virus and Vaccine
 Hepatitis C Virus
 Reducing Risk
 Work Practice Controls
 Hazardous Disposal Procedures








Body Fluid Cleanup Procedures
Glove Removal and Disposal
Hand Hygiene
Clean Technique Tattoos
Safe Injection Practices
Skin Diseases
Healthcare Professionals
Exposure Incident
3
ProTrainings Skill Evaluator Certification Facts
Description:
The ProTrainings, LLC Skill Evaluator training is designed to prepare individuals to conduct hands-on skill evaluations for students who complete the blended course online for
ProCPR and ProFirstAid courses.
Purpose:
ProTrainings, LLC skill evaluator certification provides individuals with the skills, tools,
and knowledge to successfully evaluate student’s CPR and First Aid skills. Upon successful completion, Evaluators can mark students passed according to their level of
training.
Course Design:
Prerequisite:
 Must have a current ProTrainings, LLC student/provider level certificate or
equivalent that is equal to the skill level of desired skill evaluator certificate.
Complete course content is available at www.proskilleval.com
Skill Evaluator Training:
 Total time: 4-12 hours
 Includes a blended combination of online training, live skills demonstration,
practice teaching and skill assessment. The time for the online portion is dependent on the level of certification desired and individual student needs.
Skill Evaluator Bridge for Currently Certified Instructors:
 Instructors must submit a current equivalent CPR/FirstAid instructor certification from a recognized organization, and complete the instructor/skill evaluator application to be bridged as a ProTrainings, LLC Skill Evaluator.
Certificate Awarded:
There are three levels of ProTrainings, LLC certified Skill Evaluators:
 ProCPR Skill Evaluator–Can evaluate skills for ProCPR, ProFirstAid
Advanced, ProFirstAid, ProFirstAid Basic, ProCPR Basic
 ProFirstAid Skill Evaluator-Can evaluate skills for ProFirstAid, ProFirstAid Basic, ProCPR Basic
 ProFirstAid Basic Evaluator– Can evaluate skills for ProFirstAid Basic,
ProCPR Basic
Each skill evaluator certificate is valid for 2 years. Skill Evaluators must complete
a minimum of 2 skill evaluations before expiration date and complete all updates
as required in order to renew the certification. Also one can submit a current
equivalent instructor certification from another recognized organization for skill
evaluator certificate renewal.
Blended Courses
Blended Course (Active for a 2 year period): An individual completes cognitive
training and testing online by watching video segments, completing activities, and
passing a written test. A hands-on skills session for skills practice and evaluation by a
registered ProTrainings, LLC Instructor or Skill Evaluator is required to complete the
certification process.
Certification
Accredited 2 Year Certification
ProCPR:
Healthcare Provider
Adult/Child/& Infant CPR/AED
2 year certification
Format
Training URL
Blended
Online training, testing,
& required hands-on
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 45 min www.procpr.org
ProFirstAid Advanced
Online training, testing,
Healthcare Provider Adult/Child/ & & required hands-on
Infant CPR/AED & First Aid
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 45 min www.advanced.profirstaid.com
2 year certification
ProFirstAid:
Adult/Child/ & Infant CPR/AED
& First Aid
2 year certification
Online training, testing,
& required hands-on
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 30 min www.profirstaid.com
ProFirstAid Basic:
Adult CPR/AED & First Aid
2 year certification
Online training, testing,
& required hands-on
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 20 min www.basic.profirstaid.com
ProCPR Basic:
Adult CPR/AED
2 year certification
Online training, testing,
& required hands-on
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 15 min www.adult.procpr.org
ProTrainings Course Content Chart
Provider/Student Level Certifications
Healthcare
Provider
Skills
Adult
CPR
Child
CPR
Infant
CPR
AED
First Aid
ProFirstAid AdvancedHealthcare Provider CPR/AED
and First Aid
   
ProCPRHealthcare Provider CPR/AED
    
ProFirstAidLayrescuer Adult and Pediatric
CPR/AED and First Aid
 
ProFirstAid BasicLayrescuer Adult CPR/AED and
First Aid
    
ProCPR BasicLayrescuer Adult CPR/AED and
First Aid
     
Instructor/Skill Evaluator Level Certifications
Can Conduct
Hands-On
Skill
Evaluations
ProCPRInstructor
ProCPRSkill Evaluator
ProFirstAidInstructor
ProFirstAidSkill Evaluator
ProFirstAid BasicInstructor
ProFirstAid BasicSkill Evaluator
6
ProBloodborne
Instructor
Can Teach
Classroom
Courses
Includes
ProFirstAid
Advanced
Includes
ProCPR
Includes
ProFirstAid
Includes
ProFirstAid
Basic
Includes
ProCPR
Basic
Includes
ProBloodborne
   
    
      
      
      
      
       
7
ProTrainings Instructor/Evaluator Training Checklist
1-888-406-7487
support@protrainings.com
Fax: 810-592-5007
5005 Plainfield Ave NE, Suite B, Grand Rapids, MI 49525
Signature
______________________________________
Training Date:
Instructor Trainer’s Signature & Registry #:
_________________________________
Instructor/Evaluator Printed Name & Registry #:
_________
Registry #
The above name candidate is authorized as:
______/______/_______
MM
DD
YYYY
ProCPR Instructor
ProCPR Skill Evaluator
ProFirstAid Instructor
ProFirstAid Skill Evaluator
ProFirstAid Basic Instructor
ProFirstAid Basic Skill Evaluator
ProBloodborne Instructor
ProCPR Required Skill Scenarios
ProFirstAid Required Skill Scenarios
Instructor/Evaluator Requirements
Rescue Breathing
Adult or Child CPR
Completed Online Training
Adult/Child CPR
Infant CPR
Has Current Student Certificate
Infant CPR
AED
Completed Application
AED
Adult or Child Conscious Choking
Instructor Manual/DVD Training
Adult/Child Conscious Choking
Infant Conscious Choking
Instructor Dashboard Training
Infant Conscious Choking
Adult or Child Unconscious Choking
Adult/Child Unconscious Choking
Infant Unconscious Choking
Infant Unconscious Choking
Bleeding Control
Adult 2 rescuer CPR
NOTE: Only Adult skills are required for
ProFirstAid Basic certification.
Child/Infant 2 rescuer CPR
Individual Skills –May be assessed while
performed during skill scenarios.
Individual Skills –May be assessed while
performed during skill scenarios.
Assessing the scene for safety
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield/Rescue Mask
Bag Valve Mask
Assessing the scene for safety
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield/Rescue Mask
Assessing patient responsiveness
Checking for a pulse:
Adult and Child– Carotid Artery
Infant– Brachial Artery
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of
the chest between the nipples.
Child– 1 or 2 hands on the center
of the chest between the nipples.
Infant– 2 fingers on the center of
the chest just below the nipples.
2 Rescuer Infant- 2 thumbs
hands encircling chest technique
Opening the Airway using a head tilt
chin lift
Giving rescue breaths:
Adult and Child– Covering mouth
Infant– Covering mouth and nose
Removing a foreign object
Assessing patient responsiveness
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of
the chest between the nipples.
Child– 1 or 2 hands on the center
of the chest between the nipples.
Infant– 2 fingers on the center of
the chest just below the nipples
CPR and First Aid Instructors:
Practice Teaching 3 Scenarios
Topics Covered:
What are Bloodborne Pathogens?
How Bloodborne Pathogens are
spread
HIV and AIDS
Hepatitis B Virus and Vaccine
Hepatitis C Virus
Reducing Risk
Work Practice Controls
Hazardous Disposal Procedures
Body Fluid Cleanup Procedures
Opening the Airway using a head tilt
chin lift
Glove Removal and Disposal
Giving rescue breaths:
Adult and Child– Covering mouth
Infant– Covering mouth and nose
Exposure Incident
Removing a foreign object
Clean Technique Tattoos
Hand Hygiene
Skin Diseases
Healthcare Professionals
Safe Injection Practices
Final Test—(Must pass with 80% )
8
Form is to be used by Instructor Trainers to certify Instructors and Skill Evaluators
9
Instructor/Skill Evaluator- Objectives, Needs, Philosophy
I.
Instructor/Skill Evaluator Objectives
Effectively conduct CPR and First Aid classes/evaluations
Fairly and accurately evaluate CPR and First Aid candidates through use of
scenarios.
 Diagnose and correct faulty CPR and First Aid performance.
 Perform proper manikin maintenance, cleaning, and decontamination techniques.
 Record participants’ progress.


II.
III.
Instructor/Skill Evaluator Equipment Needs
 A clean, well lit area with adequate room to perform skills on manikins.
 A minimum of 1 adult and 1 infant manikin (for healthcare provider and pediatric courses) for every 3 participants: Adult and infant manikins must have a
visible chest rise when breaths are given . (Adult manikins can be used for
child skills).
 A minimum of 1 AED Trainer for every 3 participants.
 Bag Valve Mask (Only for healthcare provider level certification)
 Proper cleaning products for decontamination (refer to manikin decontamination Appendix F).
 Disposable practice face shields or individual lung system for each participant.
Philosophy of Online Learning Blended with Hands-On Practice
Hands-on practice with a manikin will NOT ensure that a participant has
mastered each skill. The innumerable variations of stress, patient size, location, and real-life needs of humans cannot be replicated on one manikin in
one class. Therefore, hands-on practice simply allows participants the opportunity to become comfortable with the basic techniques used to perform
skills. Just because a participant can perform the skills perfectly in class one
day does not ensure that the participant will be able to perform the skills
needed for a real person. The primary benefit of hands-on practice is that a
participant’s comfort level will be higher when a real situation arises.



10
More important than hands on practice of BLS skills is the knowledge of
when, how, and why. Regular review and practicing scenarios will better prepare a participant to perform skills in real-life. The goal of blending online
learning with skill evaluation is for each participant to become successful
with critical thinking in an emergency so one can exercise the basic skills
necessary to adequately provide care. With this in mind, skill verification is
not about testing people and focusing on small differences in techniques.
Skill verification is about allowing people to practice until they feel comfortable with the skills so they will know when to initiate specific skills, how to
perform each skill, and why to use different skills.
How to Conduct Skill Practice and Evaluation
Participants should be given time and assistance to practice skills with manikins. The Instructor should answer individual questions regarding manikin
practice and help as needed during this time. If questions arise regarding
course material, participants should conduct further review of course content,
with instructor, online or contact the ProTrainings training department.
 For skill sessions, the instructor should use the skill sheets to prompt the participant and watch the skill practice through various scenarios. (Refer to Scenario Skill Sheets in Appendix A). A participant who does not effectively perform an action should receive immediate feedback with the correction so the
proper action can be practiced.
 Positive coaching and gentle correction is the key to successful evaluation.
Never put-down or criticize a participant. For example, rather than say, “You
did that wrong!” say, “This is a more effective way to perform the skill.”
 Suggested methods of evaluating skills:
 One-on-One
 This method is primarily for blended courses. It is best were an
evaluator has flexibility in scheduling and can plan to spend
about 15-45 minutes with each participant dependent upon the
certification level. Benefits of this structure allow students to receive the most attention and most practice for their certification.
 The instructor prompts the participant through the scenarios with
the skill sheets and evaluates the skills. Instructor/Evaluator
uses skill checklist to record student progress.
 Group
 This method is the typical classroom method. It is suggested for
groups up to 12. If more than twelve participants are involved it
is suggested to have another instructor of evaluator for every 12
participants. More time will need to be built into the class when
more students are taught because of increased interaction and
manikin sharing.
 Have the participants gather in a semicircle around the evaluator
with the manikins facing the same direction. This provides for
great visibility for the evaluator and for participants to learn from
the correction of others. Make sure the evaluator can see the
actions of the participants in order to adequately evaluate skills.
 The evaluator prompts the participant through the scenarios with
the skill sheets and evaluates the skills. Instructor/Evaluator
uses skill checklist to record student progress.

1 to 1 manikin to student ratio
1 to 2 manikin to student ratio
11
Common Errors and Suggested Corrections
Common Participant Errors
Suggested Evaluator Corrections
Beginning:
Neglects to check for safe environment
Doesn’t apply gloves and prepare face shield
“Make sure to check the scene for safety and
protect yourself. Think of your own safety first in
any rescue situation. It does no good to have two
patients.”
Checking for responsiveness:
Vigorously shakes patient
Doesn’t touch patient
“Remember to tap on the collar bone area and
shout. Be careful not to move the patient excessively in case a spinal injury is present.”
Forgets to activate EMS (call 911)
“Send someone to call 911 and get an AED if
available. Make sure to tell them to come back
and let you know that 911 has been called”
“To properly find a pulse your fingers should be
Circulation:
Fingers are on the wrong location for carotid pulse placed on the middle of the neck or adam’s apple. Slide over to just inside the large muscle on
Thumb is used to check pulse
the side of the neck and gently push in. You
should feel a pulse in the valley area.”
Checks infant pulse on the neck
Airway:
Does not open airway before giving breaths
Does not tilt head back far enough
“Remember to check an infant’s pulse on the brachial artery. You should place your fingers on the
upper inside arm and press in slightly to feel the
pulse.”
“Opening the airway first is one of the most important steps to CPR. The tongue can block the
airway. Simply doing a head tilt chin lift will remove the tongue from the airway.”
Breathing:
Breaths do not make chest rise
“Try giving some more air so the chest will rise.”
Compressions:
Jab like compressions
Hands bounce off chest
“Smooth even compressions will be most effective. Make sure to kneel close to the patient, lock
your elbows, and pivot at the waste allowing your
body to do the work, not just your arms.”
Compressions too slow
Compressions too fast
“Keep the compressions moving at rate of about
100 per minute. That’s close to 2 each second.
Count 1 and 2 and 3 and… You should have just
enough time to say ‘and’ in-between each one.”
Incorrect numbers or sequences
12
“It is most important to focus on giving adequate
breaths and good compressions. However, the
correct number and sequence is_________.”
Common Errors and Correction (Continued)
Common Participant Errors
Suggested Evaluator Corrections
Conscious choking (FBAO removal):
Does not put one foot in-between patient’s feet
Does not locate correct hand position for thrusts
“Stand behind the patient with one of your feet inbetween the patient’s feet, and your other foot
behind you. This will give you a solid stance in
case the patient becomes unconscious. The
thumb side of the closed fist should be located
just above the belly button.”
“Think simple first. If the first breath attempt does
Unconscious choking (FBAO removal)
Does not reposition head after first breath attempt not make the chest rise, retilt the head and try
again.”
does not make the chest rise.
Forgets to check mouth after compressions before attempting breaths.
“Compressions for choking are the same as CPR
with an added step. Remember to check the
mouth for a foreign object. If you see one, clear it
out.”
13
Instructor Activities Introduction:
The instructor activities provide the tools, details, and key points to teach an entire
course from beginning to end. There are three basic instructor activities required in order to teach a course: video, teaching sessions, and skill practice. Throughout the instructor activities you will see three symbols to represent how to present the material:
When you see the camera symbol it is time to show the video. The video titles
will be highlighted in red.
When you see the teacher symbol it is time to teach key points. Yellow highlighted text is information the instructor needs to know. Green highlighted text is
information the instructor needs to say. Make sure to state the key points to the
students in each section. The key points are the most important things the students need to know after each activity.
When you see the CPR symbol it is time for skills practice.
In short, the color coding system is as follows:
Red= Stop and show the video to the students
Yellow= Slow down and review the information before proceeding
Green= Go present the information to the students
The end of each section is indicated with a line.
Before beginning a class, make sure that all of your equipment is in working order including manikins and video equipment. Manikins, skill sheets, and equipment should
be laid out in practice area before students arrive.
Required equipment for the ProTrainings courses:
ProCPR & ProFirstAid Adv.
ProFirstAid
ProFirstAid/ProCPR Basic
 Adult/Child Manikins with inflatable
lungs *(an adult manikin can be
used for child skills)
 Infant Manikins with inflatable
lungs
 Proper disinfectant or replaceable
lung/face-shield system for each
student
 AED trainers
 Set of skill sheets for each student
 Bag Valve Masks
 Video projector or monitor
 Video player for the type of media
you have
 Adult/Child Manikins with inflatable
lungs *(an adult manikin can be
used for child skills)
 Infant Manikins with inflatable
lungs
 Proper disinfectant or replaceable
lung/face-shield system for each
student
 AED trainers
 Set of skill sheets for each student
 Video projector or monitor
 Video player for the type of media
you have
 Adult Manikins with inflatable
lungs
 Proper disinfectant or replaceable
lung/face-shield system for each
student
 AED trainers
 Set of skill sheets for each student
 Video projector or monitor
 Video player for the type of media
you have
14
ProCPR CourseHealthcare Provider Adult, Child, Infant CPR/AED
15
ProCPR Instructor Activities:
Course Introduction:
Key Points:
Videos for the ProCPR Course are available online at
www.procpr.org and on the ProCPR Instructor DVD
Use ProCPR Skill Sheets for Skill sessions
from appendix A

The goal of the ProCPR healthcare provider program is to help the student
gain the knowledge and skills necessary to provide basic life support in a
medical emergency until more advanced help is available.

The techniques you will practice today will cover adult, child, and infant skills
in rescue breathing, 1 person CPR, 2 person CPR, conscious choking, unconscious choking, AED, and bag valve mask usage.

The course will combine short video segments, skill practice and demonstration on manikins, and teaching sessions. There will be a written test at the
end. Make sure to pay attention to the key points in each of our activities.

Are there any questions before we begin? (briefly answer any questions)
Five Fears:
Show video: Five Fears
Key Points:

16
Five Fears: Most people don’t get involved in performing first aid or CPR because of fear. Don’t let fear stop you. You will give the best possible care for
the patient by doing something rather than nothing. We can break down almost all fears into five categories. Don’t let these fears stop you.
 Fear of Disease:
The Solution: Universal precautions. Always use personal protective equipment. In other words, gloves and a face shield. If you
don’t have it available, you can perform hands only CPR.
 Fear of Lawsuits:
The Solution: Good Samaritan Laws protect you from legal liability
when you act in good faith and do not have a duty to act.
Fear of Uncertainty:
The Solution: Emphasis is placed on the role of CPR, not merely
on the number sequences. Even if numbers are forgotten, remember to push hard and push fast. The key is to circulate blood with
oxygen to the brain until advanced medical care is available.
 Fear of Hurting a Patient:
The Solution: Patients who are clinically dead can only be helped,
not made worse with resuscitation efforts.
 Fear of Unsafe Scene:
The Solution: Never enter an unsafe scene! Rescuers are no use
to patients if they become patients themselves. A dead rescuer is
no rescuer.

Basic Physiology and CPR Philosophy:
ProNote:
The Chain of Survival
AED
 Early Activation of EMS
 Early CPR
 Early Defibrillation
Providing CPR early after a person col Early Advanced Care
lapses keeps a person from going into

biological death. At the moment a per- The earlier these steps take place in an emerson’s heart stops and breathing stops, gency, the better the chance of a patient’s survival.
Key Points:

the condition is called clinical death. A
person has about 4-6 minutes of oxygen in the blood and body tissues. After
10 minutes of no breathing and no circulation, the body goes into biological
death. Brain cells have died. It is rare to revive a person after biological
death has occurred. CPR helps extend this time before biological death occurs, by getting circulating oxygen. CPR is not intended to restart the heart.
Advanced care is needed to get the heart back into a regular rhythm.
 Basic Anatomy & Physiology
The cardiovascular system comprises the heart, arteries, capillaries, and
veins.
a) Heart – consists of four chambers, about the size of your fist, located
under the breastbone. Function of the heart is to pump the blood to
the brain, lungs and body.
b) Lungs – there are two lungs, functions to take in oxygen and release
carbon dioxide.
c) Brain – tells the rest of the body what to do and needs oxygen on a
regular basis. Brain cells will begin to die in 4 to 6 minutes (without
oxygen).
d) Cells – all cells of the body consistently require oxygen to carry out
normal functions. Carbon dioxide is produced as a waste product and
must be eliminated from the body through the lungs.
17

The ProCPR Method
Protect yourself
Safety first! Make sure the scene is safe. Do not enter an unsafe
scene! If it is unsafe, stay at a safe distance and activate EMS
(call 911).
Prepare and apply appropriate personal protective equipment
Respond
Is the scene safe or can the scene be made safe for the rescuer?
Is there a true medical emergency?
Observe signs and symptoms
Shout to the patient first then tap and shout to determine the level
of responsiveness. Ask what happened? Are there any life threatening conditions?
Call
If no response or a life threatening condition exists, activate EMS
(call 911).
Provide proper care
Care for the patient based on present medical conditions.
Relinquish care to the provider of the next level of care
Show video: Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks
Key Points:

Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks
Cardiovascular disease is the number one killer in the United States. The
Center for Disease Control reports that in the United States over 650,000
people die each year from cardiovascular disease.
Controllable risk factors:
 cigarette smoking
 high blood pressure
 obesity
 lack of exercise
 high blood cholesterol levels
 uncontrolled diabetes
 high fat diet
 high stress
18
Uncontrollable risk factors
 Race
 Heredity
 Sex
 Age
 Heart Attack
Signs and Symptoms may include
 Chest discomfort/pressure, tightness that may radiate to jaw and
arms..
 Nausea
 Sweating
 Shortness of breath
 Denial
 Feeling of weakness
Treatment: Recognize the signs and symptoms of a heart attack, activate EMS, have patient remain in a position of comfort, offer 1 adult dose
aspirin, and keep the patient calm and quiet.
Show video: Stroke
Key Points:

Much like a heart attack, a stroke is a blockage of a vessel. However,
blocked vessel is in the brain. The more time that the stroke is let go, the
more damage occurs to brain tissue.

Signs & Symptoms
 Numbness or weakness of the face, arm or leg, especially on one
side of the body
 Confusion
 Trouble speaking or understanding
 Trouble seeing in one or both eyes
 Trouble walking
 Dizziness
 Loss of balance or coordination
 Severe headache with no known cause
Treatment: Recognize stroke signs and symptoms, activate EMS, check
and correct ABC. Give nothing by mouth. Keep patient calm and reassure. Place patient in recovery position if the patient is unconscious,
breathing effectively, and there is no suspected head neck or back injury.
19
Show video: How to Reduce Your Risk
Show video: Glove Removal and Disposal
Key Points:
Before treating patients you need to know how to use personal protective
equipment properly to prevent contact with potentially infectious body fluids.
 Treat all body fluids as potentially infectious because bloodborne pathogens,
HIV, HBV, and HBC, can be present when blood is not visible to the eye.
 Using personal Protective Equipment
1. Putting Gloves on:
Always use disposable gloves when providing first aid care. If you
have a latex allergy use a latex alternative such as nitrile or vinyl.
Before providing care, make sure the gloves are not ripped or
damaged. You may need to remove rings or other jewelry that
may rip the gloves.
2. Removing Gloves:
Remember to use skin to skin and glove to glove. Pinch the outside wrist of the other gloved hand. Pull the glove off turning the
glove inside-out as you remove it. Hold it in the gloved hand. Use
the bare hand to reach inside the other glove at the wrist to turn it
inside out trapping the other glove inside. Dispose of gloves properly. If you did it correctly, the outside of either glove never
touched your exposed skin.
3. Use a Rescue Mask or Face Shield:
If you have to provide rescue ventilations, use a rescue mask or
face shield that has a one way valve. To prevent exposure, avoid
giving direct mouth to mouth ventilations.

The Chain of Survival
Key Points:

20
The earlier these steps take place in an emergency, the better the chance of
a patient’s survival.





Early Recognition and Activation of EMS
Early CPR
Early Defibrillation
Early Advanced Care
Activating EMS – Call 911
 Send someone to call 911 and tell them to come back. The caller
should give dispatch the patient’s location, what happened, how
many people are injured, and what is being done.

If alone and no one is available PHONE FIRST for adults and get the AED. Return to start
CPR and use the AED.

CARE FIRST for children and infants by providing about 5 cycles or 2 minutes of CPR before activating the emergency response number.

CARE FIRST for all age patients of hypoxic (asphyxial) arrest
(ei., drowning, injury, drug overdose).
Show video: Adult Rescue Breathing
Show video: Child Rescue Breathing
Show video: Infant Rescue Breathing
Key Points:

For the purpose of CPR skills, an infant is under 1 year old, a child is 1 year
of age to the onset of adolescence or puberty (about 12 to 14 years of age)
as defined by the presence of secondary sex characteristics, and an adult is
12-14 years of age or older.

Order of skills:
 Check the scene
 Check responsiveness and normal breathing
 Activate EMS
 Check the Circulation for no more than 10 seconds
 Adult and Child– Check the carotid artery in the neck.
21





Infant– Check the brachial artery on the inside of the upper
arm.
If there is a pulse but no breathing, start rescue breathing. Each
breath should last 1 second each.
Open Airway using head tilt chin lift and give Breaths.
 Adult – give 1 breath every 5 seconds
 Child and Infant– give1 breath every 3 seconds
Reassess Circulation every two minutes
If unsure a pulse exists, start CPR. Don’t waste more critical time
searching for a pulse
Rescue Breathing Skill Session








22
Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire rescue breathing scenario, step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell
the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as
the scenario is presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to
practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving
positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student skill sheet.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
Emphasize CAB: Circulation, Airway, Breathing
 C– means that the rescuer will check for circulation and start compressions when there is no circulation; carotid artery on adults and
children, brachial artery on infants.
 A– means that the patient’s airway is opened using a head tilt chin
lift. The airway should be clear and free of any obstructions.
 B– means that the rescuer will give breaths if the patient is not
breathing. Breaths should last 1 second each and make the chest
rise. At any time the air does not go in and make the chest rise, the
rescuer should reposition the head and try again.





Lead students together through the Adult scenario. Use the Adult Rescue
Breathing ProCPR skill sheet from Appendix A.
Make sure all students have satisfactorily passed the Adult Rescue Breathing skills.
Lead the group together through the Infant Rescue Breathing scenario. Use
the Infant Rescue Breathing ProCPR skill sheet from Appendix A.
Make sure all students have satisfactorily passed the Infant Rescue Breathing skills.
It is optional, but not required to practice Child Rescue Breathing using the
adult/child manikin. Remember the pulse check is on the carotid artery of the
child and rescue breathing is 1 breath every 3 seconds.
23
Show video: Adult CPR
Show video: Child CPR
Show video: Infant CPR
ProNotes:
 Infant is under 1
year old
 Child is 1 to onset
of puberty. Approx
12-14 years old.
 Adult is onset of
puberty and older.
Key Points:

Breaths: Watch for
chest rise. Breaths
should last 1 second each. When
chest rises or resistance is felt, stop
the breath.

Compressions:

The purpose of CPR is to circulate blood with oxygen in it to
the brain and vital organs. Your focus should be on consistent
smooth compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute,
pressing hard and fast.

Order of skills:
Push hard and
 Check the scene
push fast, and
 Check responsiveness and normal breathing
come up fully allowing the heart to re Activate EMS
fill. Compressions
 Check the Circulation for no more than 10 seconds
for all ages should
 If no pulse and not breathing normal– give 30 chest
be given at a rate of
compressions at a rate of at least 100 compressions per
at least 100 per
minute.
minute.
Depth Open Airway using head tilt chin lift
Adult– at least 2”
 Give 2 Breaths lasting 1 second each. Watch for chest
Child & Infantrise and fall.
At least 1/3 the
 Continue cycles of 30 compressions to 2 breaths until
depth of the
an AED arrives, advanced medical personnel take over,
chest.
the patient shows signs of life, the scene becomes un If you are unable or
safe, or you are too exhausted to continue.
unwilling to give
 Hand placement for compressions:
breaths, at least
Adult— Place heel of hand of the dominant hand on
give compressions.
the center of the chest between the nipples. The
Compression only
CPR has been
second hand should be placed on top.
found to be effecChild— Place heel of one hand in the center of the
tive.
chest between the nipples. Use the second hand if
necessary.
Infant— Place 2 fingers on the center of the chest just below the
nipples. For two rescuers, use the preferred two thumbs hands
encircling chest technique.
One Rescuer CPR Skill Session

24
Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students













ProNote:
 Advanced Airways
(Combitube, Endotracheal tube,
LMA, etc...)—
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper
Rescuers should
supplies. Gloves, practice face shields, manikin cleaning supperform compresplies, lungs, etc… There should be no more than 3 students
sions without inper manikin. Tell students you will start with the adult manikin
terruptions for resand adult scenario.
cue breaths. The
compressor perProvide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to
forms continuous
use in class.
chest compresTell students you are going to direct them through the entire
sions at a rate of
rescue breathing scenario, step by step. If you have more than
100 per minute
1 person per manikin, tell the other students to help coach and
while the rescuer
providing breaths
assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is pregives 1 breath
sented.
every 6 to 8 secLead the first set of students, as a group, through the sceonds.
nario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary.
Then allow the first set of students to practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback
as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student skill sheet.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
Emphasize CAB: Circulation, Airway, Breathing
 C– means that the rescuer will check for circulation and start compressions when there is no circulation; carotid artery on adults and
children, brachial artery on infants.
 A– means that the patient’s airway is opened using a head tilt chin
lift. The airway should be clear and free of any obstructions.
 B– means that the rescuer will give breaths if the patient is not
breathing. Breaths should last 1 second each and make the chest
rise. At any time the air does not go in and make the chest rise, the
rescuer should reposition the head and try again.
Compressions: Consistent and smooth at a rate of 100 per minute, pressing
hard and fast. Keep elbows locked and pivot at the waist. Press all the way
down and come all the way back up without lifting off the chest.
Lead students together through the Adult CPR scenario. Use the Adult CPR
ProCPR skill sheet from Appendix A.
Make sure all students have satisfactorily passed the Adult CPR skills.
Lead the group together through the Infant CPR scenario. Use the Infant
CPR ProCPR skill sheet from Appendix A.
Make sure all students have satisfactorily passed the Infant CPR skills.
It is optional, but not required to practice Child CPR using the adult/child
manikin.
25
Show video: Adult AED
Show video: Child AED
Show video: Infant AED
Key Points:














26
ProNote:
 An AED should
include a kit containing gloves,
face shield, a cloth
to dry the chest,
and a battery powered beard trimmer or shaver.

It is rare for children and infants to
need an AED. The
majority of cardiac
problems in children are caused
from breathing
difficulties. CPR
and effective rescue breaths are
most important.
AED use for a
child or infant is
considered ages
1month-8 years
old. Use pediatric
pads if available. If
not, use a regular
AED designed for
adults.
AED stands for Automated External Defibrillator
AEDs are designed to shock the heart to stop chaotic
rhythms, usually ventricular fibrillation, in order for the
heart to restart under a normal rhythm. The AED analyzes the heart’s rhythm, advises whether a shock is
advised and then powers up. The operator then pushes
a button that will deliver the shock.
Each minute the defibrillation is delayed the chance of
survival is reduced by 10 percent. After 10 minutes few
people are resuscitated.
Early defibrillation within the first 5-6 minutes increases
survival rates from just CPR alone to greater than 50%.
Rescuers should begin chest compressions as soon as possible, and
use the AED as soon as it is available and ready.
If you are giving CPR to a child or infant, and the available AED does
not have child pads or a way to deliver a smaller dose, use a regular
AED with adult pads. You may need to place one pad on the front
and one pad on the back.
Bare the chest. Dry it off if it is wet. If there is excessive hair you may
need to shave it off.
Turn the machine on first.
Place one pad on the patients upper right chest just below the collarbone and above the nipple. Place the other pad on the patients lower
left ribs below the armpit. **Make sure to follow the directions shown
on the pads for the AED pad placement. Manufactures will vary.
Make sure pads are pressed down firmly. Do not try to lift up and adjust pads or they will not stick. Attach electrode cables now if not preconnected.
Follow the directions the AED gives.
Make sure to shout, “Stand Clear” before pushing the shock button.
The normal cycle is 1 shock, 2 minutes of CPR, 1 shock, 2 minutes of
CPR, etc.
The AED should be kept still while in operation. It is not designed for
movement, such as in a vehicle.






AED Considerations:
Remove a patient from standing water, such as a puddle, before AED
use. Rain, snow, or a wet surface is not a concern.
Patient should be removed from a metal surface if possible.
Slightly adjust pad placement so as not to directly cover the area if
the patient has an obvious bump or scar for a pacemaker.
Remove medication patches found on the patient’s chest with a
gloved hand.
Never remove the pads from the patient or turn off the AED.
AED Skill Session












Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire skill scenario,
step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is
presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to
practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving
positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student skill sheet.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
Practice with AED trainer/simulator: never use a real AED for practice
Emphasize turning on the AED first and following the directions it gives.
Lead students together through the Adult AED scenario. Use the Adult AED
skill sheet.
It is optional but not required to practice Child AED use.
Current guidelines recommend AED with pediatric pads for infants and children. If no pediatric pads are available, adult pads can be used.
27
Show video: Adult Conscious Choking
Show video: Child Conscious Choking
Show video: Infant Conscious Choking
Key Points:
Conscious Choking is when a victim cannot breath, cough or speak.
 Look into the persons face and Ask, “Are you choking?”
 If not able to breath, cough or speak, Activate EMS
Adult and Child
 The rescuer should stand behind the victim and place one foot
in-between the victims feet and the other foot behind in order
to have a firm stance in case the victim becomes unconscious.
In the case of a child, the rescuer may need to kneel down to
get into the proper position
 Administer abdominal thrusts until the object comes out or the
patient becomes unconscious
Infant
 Administer 5 back blows and 5 chest thrusts until the object
comes out or the patient becomes unconscious.
 Support the baby’s jaw when giving back blows and support
the baby’s head when giving chest thrusts.
 Special Circumstances: If the patient is pregnant or too large to
reach around, give chest thrusts.
Conscious Choking Skill Session








28
Arrange students in groups as needed. Tell students you will start the adult
conscious choking scenario. The rescuer should use the manikin to practice.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you will direct them through the skill scenario, step by step.
REMIND STUDENTS: If using partners rather than manikin to practice,
DO NOT ACTUALLY GIVE THRUSTS TO EACH OTHER.
Lead the students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the students to practice on their
own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective
feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
After the adult scenario, lead the group together through the Infant scenario
using the infant manikins:
Show video: Adult Unconscious Choking
Show video: Child Unconscious Choking
Show video: Infant Unconscious Choking
ProNote:
Unconscious choking
looks just like CPR with
one added step, check
the mouth. If you see
an object sweep it out.
Key Points:
-Unconscious Choking
 Unconscious
 No signs of life. Absent breathing
 Attempted rescue breaths will not go in
Treatment:
 If a conscious choking victim becomes unconscious, carefully lower
person to the ground
 Activate EMS
 Give 30 chest Compressions at a rate of at least 100 compressions
per minute.
 Check the mouth for a foreign body. If something is seen sweep it out
with a finger.
 Open Airway using head tilt chin lift
 Attempt a Breath
 If first breath does not make the chest rise, reposition head and reattempt a breath. If first breath still does not make the chest rise, assume there is a foreign body airway obstruction.
 Repeat 30 chest compressions, checking the mouth, and breathing
attempts
 After first breath goes in and makes the chest rise, give the second
breath
 Check the circulation for no more than 10 seconds
 If pulse is present start rescue breathing. If no pulse, start CPR.
Unconscious Choking Skill Session

Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
29








30
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire skill scenario,
step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is
presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to
practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving
positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After the adult scenario, lead the group together through the Infant scenario
using the infant manikins.
The Child skill is optional.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
Show video: Adult 2 Rescuer CPR
Show video: Child 2 Rescuer CPR
Show video: Infant 2 Rescuer CPR
Key Points:
-Adult 2 rescuer CPR:
 First rescuer performs assessment and ventilations. Second rescuer
performs 30 compressions at a rate of at least 100 compressions per
minute.
 After every 5 cycles of 30:2, rescuers should switch positions. Switch
should take less than 10 seconds.
 During the switch, the person at the head finishes with 2 breaths,
moves into position on the chest, and begins compressions.
-Child and Infant 2 rescuer CPR:
 Rescuers should use a compression to ventilation ratio of 15:2.
 For infants, rescuers should use the 2 thumbs hands encircling
hands chest compression technique.
 After about 10 cycles, or 2 minutes, rescuers should switch positions.
Switch should take less than 10 seconds.
Show video: Adult Bag valve mask
Key Points:
When oxygen is available, a bag-valve mask can be attached and
oxygen set at 12-15 L/min. If no O2 is available remove the residual
bag reservoir at the end of the bag-valve mask and use room air.
 Instructor should demonstrate on a manikin. Tell students that they
will practice this skill in conjunction with 2 person CPR.
 Using the "C-E" method for sealing the bag-valve mask to the patient's face, prepare to ventilate the patient. Please note that if for any
reason the bag-valve ventilations are ineffective, revert to mouth-tomask or face shield delivery method for rescue breaths.

31
Ensure that thumb and forefinger are sealing the mask at the face of
the patient. With middle, ring, and pinky fingers, grab the mandible
(jaw) of the patient and pull the patient's face into the mask seal. If the
mask is sealed well, there should be minimum to no air leakage on
ventilation. Squeeze the bag fully so that the patient's chest rises.
When the chest rises stop squeezing the bag so to avoid overinflation which may force the air into the stomach.
 In some cases, the infant will benefit from turning the mask upside
down so that the small point covers the patient's chin and the broad
part of the mask is covering the mouth and nose.
 Ventilate at 1 breath every 5 seconds while performing rescue breathing. If an advanced airway is in place, perform 1 breath every 6-8 seconds. Take care not to hyperventilate the patient.

2 Rescuer CPR Skills Session







32
Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire skill scenario,
step by step. If you have more than 2 people per manikin, tell the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is
presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to
practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving
positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 2 people per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
Show Video: Arterial Bleeding
Key Points:
Control Severe Bleeding
 Inspect the wound. Look for the exact point were the bleeding is coming from. Apply gloves.
 Use direct pressure on the wound using an absorbent pad or gauze.
Add more gauze or padding if necessary.
 You may consider using a pressure bandage by wrapping a roller
gauze or elastic bandage around the wound to maintain bleeding control.
Show Video: Shock
Key Points:
How to recognize and manage shock
 Signs & Symptoms restlessness, dizziness, confusion, cool moist
skin, anxiety, delayed capillary refill time, and weakness.
 Treatment: Recognize, Activate EMS, keep calm, Nothing to eat or
drink, maintain body heat, raise the legs if no spinal injury or fracture
of the legs.
ProNote:
Moving a Patient– First Aid
providers should only conKey Points:
sider moving patient when
immediate life threatening
Perform Ongoing Assessments
conditions exist or if it is nec Check for and correct conditions which may not be essary to provide care.
immediately life threatening but may become so if
not corrected.
33

SAMPLE (if time permits) get a sample history and do a “Head to Toe
Survey”
Symptoms
Allergies
Medications
Past Medical History
Last meal eaten
Events leading up to need for help
Look from head to toe for:
Deformities
Contusions
Abrasions
Penetrations
Burns
Tenderness
Lacerations
Swelling
Special Considerations:
Spinal Injury and Jaw Thrust
Key Points:

Suspect a spinal injury when victim has...
 Neck or back pain, tingling in extremities, or weakness
 Been injured diving into shallow water
 Obvious head, neck or back injury
 Occupant, rider or pedestrian in a motor vehicle, motorcycle, or bicycle crash
 Been injured from a fall greater than standing height
 Signs and symptoms of a spinal injury include:
 Bruising of the head, especially around the eyes and behind the ears
 Blood or fluids in the ears and nose
 Siezures or changes in level of consciousness
 Impaired breathing, vision, or body movement
 Severe pain or pressure in head, neck or back

34
If you suspect a head, Neck or back injury a jaw thrust can be used to open
the airway. However, for an unconscious, non-breathing person it is more
important to have an open airway rather than consideration of a potential
spinal injury. If you are not able to open the airway adequately with the jaw
thrust, use a head-tilt chin-lift to open the airway.
Use ProCPR Final Test and answer sheets in Appendix D
Administer Written Test




Allow students ample time to complete the test.
Check answers using the answer sheet provided
Students must have 80% correct to pass the test
Student who fail may be remediated and given a second opportunity to pass the
test. Students who do not pass the second attempt must retake the course
After-course responsibilities:
 Instructor completes student checklist and keeps a copy on file for min. of 2 years.
 Instructor completes online classroom records through instructor dashboard so
students will receive certification cards.
35
ProFirstAid CourseLayrescuer Adult, Child, Infant CPR/AED and First Aid
36
ProFirstAid Course Instructor Activities:
Course Introduction:
Videos for ProFirstAid Course are available at:
www.profirstaid.com and on the ProFirstAid Instructor DVD
Key Points:
Use ProFirstAid Skill Sheets for Skill sessions
from appendix A

The goal of the ProFirstAid Layrescuer program is to help the student gain
the knowledge and skills necessary to manage a medical emergency and to
provide layrescuer level CPR until more advanced help is available.

The techniques you will practice today will cover adult, child, and infant skills
in 1 person CPR, conscious choking, unconscious choking, AED, and First
Aid.

The course will combine short video segments, skill practice and demonstration on manikins, and teaching sessions. There will be a written test at the
end. Make sure to pay attention to the key points in each of our activities.

Are there any questions before we begin? (briefly answer any questions)
Five Fears:
Show video: Five Fears
Key Points:

Five Fears: Most people don’t get involved in performing first aid or CPR because of fear. Don’t let fear stop you. You will give the best possible care for
the patient by doing something rather than nothing. We can break down almost all fears into five categories. Don’t let these fears stop you.
 Fear of Disease:
The Solution: Universal precautions. Always use personal protective equipment. In other words, gloves and a face shield. If you
don’t have it available, you can perform hands only CPR.
 Fear of Lawsuits:
The Solution: Good Samaritan Laws protect you from legal liability
37
when you act in good faith and do not have a duty to act.
 Fear of Uncertainty:
The Solution: Emphasis is placed on the role of CPR, not merely
on the number sequences. Even if numbers are forgotten, remember to push hard and push fast. The key is to circulate blood with
oxygen to the brain until advanced medical care is available.
 Fear of Hurting a Patient:
The Solution: Patients who are clinically dead can only be helped,
not made worse with resuscitation efforts.
 Fear of Unsafe Scene:
The Solution: Never enter an unsafe scene! Rescuers are no use
to patients if they become patients themselves. A dead rescuer is
no rescuer.
Basic Physiology and CPR Philosophy:
ProNote:
The Chain of Survival
AED
 Early Activation of EMS
 Early CPR
 Early Defibrillation
Providing CPR early after a person col Early Advanced Care
lapses keeps a person from going into

biological death. At the moment a per- The earlier these steps take place in an emerson’s heart stops and breathing stops, gency, the better the chance of a patient’s survival.
Key Points:

the condition is called clinical death. A
person has about 4-6 minutes of oxygen in the blood and body tissues. After
10 minutes of no breathing and no circulation, the body goes into biological
death. Brain cells have died. It is rare to revive a person after biological
death has occurred. CPR helps extend this time before biological death occurs, by getting circulating oxygen. CPR is not intended to restart the heart.
Advanced care is needed to get the heart back into a regular rhythm.
 Basic Anatomy & Physiology
The cardiovascular system comprises the heart, arteries, capillaries, and
veins.
a) Heart – consists of four chambers, about the size of your fist, located
under the breastbone. Function of the heart is to pump the blood to
the brain, lungs and body.
b) Lungs – there are two lungs, functions to take in oxygen and release
carbon dioxide.
c) Brain – tells the rest of the body what to do and needs oxygen on a
regular basis. Brain cells will begin to die in 4 to 6 minutes (without
oxygen).
d) Cells – all cells of the body consistently require oxygen to carry out
normal functions. Carbon dioxide is produced as a waste product and
must be eliminated from the body through the lungs.
38

The ProCPR Method
Protect yourself
Safety first! Make sure the scene is safe. Do not enter an unsafe
scene! If it is unsafe, stay at a safe distance and activate EMS
(call 911).
Prepare and apply appropriate personal protective equipment
Respond
Is the scene safe or can the scene be made safe for the rescuer?
Is there a true medical emergency?
Observe signs and symptoms
Shout to the patient first then tap and shout to determine the level
of responsiveness. Ask what happened? Are there any life threatening conditions?
Call
If no response or a life threatening condition exists, activate EMS
(call 911).
Provide proper care
Care for the patient based on present medical conditions.
Relinquish care to the provider of the next level of care
Show video: Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks
Key Points:

Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks
Cardiovascular disease is the number one killer in the United States. The
Center for Disease Control reports that in the United States over 650,000
people die each year from cardiovascular disease.
Controllable risk factors:
 cigarette smoking
 high blood pressure
 obesity
 lack of exercise
 high blood cholesterol levels
 uncontrolled diabetes
 high fat diet
 high stress
39
Uncontrollable risk factors
 Race
 Heredity
 Sex
 Age

Heart Attack
Signs and Symptoms may include
 Chest discomfort/pressure, tightness, may radiate to jaw and arms.
 Nausea
 Sweating
 Shortness of breath
 Denial
 Feeling of weakness
Treatment: Recognize the signs and symptoms of a heart attack, activate
EMS, have patient remain in a position of comfort, offer 1 adult dose aspirin, and keep the patient calm and quiet.
Show video: Stroke
Key Points:
40

Much like a heart attack, a stroke is a blockage of a vessel. However,
blocked vessel is in the brain. The more time that the stroke is let go, the
more damage occurs to brain tissue.

Signs & Symptoms
 Numbness or weakness of the face, arm or leg, especially on one side
of the body
 Confusion
 Trouble speaking or understanding
 Trouble seeing in one or both eyes
 Trouble walking
 Dizziness
 Loss of balance or coordination
 Severe headache with no known cause
Treatment: Recognize stroke signs and symptoms, activate EMS, check
and correct ABC. Give nothing by mouth. Keep patient calm and reassure. Place patient in recovery position if the patient is unconscious,
breathing effectively, and there is no suspected head neck or back injury.
Show video: How to Reduce Your Risk
Show video: Glove Removal and Disposal
Key Points:
Before treating patients you need to know how to use personal protective
equipment properly to prevent contact with potentially infectious body fluids.
 Treat all body fluids as potentially infectious because bloodborne pathogens,
HIV, HBV, and HBC, can be present when blood is not visible to the eye.
 Using personal Protective Equipment
1. Putting Gloves on:
Always use disposable gloves when providing first aid care. If you
have a latex allergy use a latex alternative such as nitrile or vinyl.
Before providing care, make sure the gloves are not ripped or
damaged. You may need to remove rings or other jewelry that
may rip the gloves.
2. Removing Gloves:
Remember to use skin to skin and glove to glove. Pinch the outside wrist of the other gloved hand. Pull the glove off turning the
glove inside-out as you remove it. Hold it in the gloved hand. Use
the bare hand to reach inside the other glove at the wrist to turn it
inside out trapping the other glove inside. Dispose of gloves properly. If you did it correctly, the outside of either glove never
touched your exposed skin.
3. Use a Rescue Mask or Face Shield:
If you have to provide rescue ventilations, use a rescue mask or
face shield that has a one way valve. To prevent exposure, avoid
giving direct mouth to mouth ventilations.

The Chain of Survival
Key Points:

The earlier these steps take place in an emergency, the better the chance of
a patient’s survival.
41





Activating EMS – Call 911
 Send someone to call 911 and tell them to come back. The caller
should give dispatch the patient’s location, what happened, how
many people are injured, and what is being done.

42
Early Recognition and Activation of EMS
Early CPR
Early Defibrillation
Early Advanced Care
If alone and no one is available PHONE FIRST for adults and get the AED. Return to start
CPR and use the AED.

CARE FIRST for children and infants by providing about 5 cycles or 2 minutes of CPR before activating the emergency response number.

CARE FIRST for all age patients of hypoxic (asphyxial) arrest
(ei., drowning, injury, drug overdose).
Show video: Adult CPR
Show video: Child CPR
Show video: Infant CPR
ProNotes:
 Infant is under 1
year old
 Child is 1 to onset
of puberty. Approx
12-14 years old.
 Adult is onset of
puberty and older.
Key Points:

Breaths: Watch for
chest rise. Breaths
should last 1 second each. When
chest rises or resistance is felt, stop
the breath.

Compressions:
Push hard and
push fast, and
come up fully allowing the heart to refill. Compressions
for all ages should
be given at a rate of
at least 100 per
minute.
DepthAdult– at least 2”
Child & InfantAt least 1/3 the
depth of the
chest.

The purpose of CPR is to circulate blood with oxygen in it to
the brain and vital organs. Your focus should be on consistent
smooth compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute,
pressing hard and fast.

Order of skills:
 Check the scene
 Check responsiveness and normal breathing
 Activate EMS
 Give 30 chest Compressions at a rate of at least 100
compressions per minute.
 Open Airway using head tilt chin lift
 Give 2 Breaths lasting 1 second each. Watch for chest
rise and fall.
 Continue cycles of 30 compressions to 2 breaths until
an AED arrives, advanced medical personnel take over,
the patient shows signs of life, the scene becomes unsafe, or you are too exhausted to continue.

 If you are unable or
Hand placement for compressions:
unwilling to give
Adult— Place heel of hand of the dominant hand on
breaths, at least
the center of the chest between the nipples. The
give compressions.
second hand should be placed on top.
Compression only
CPR has been
Child— Place heel of one hand in the center of the
found to be effecchest between the nipples. Use the second hand if
tive.
necessary.
Infant— Place 2 fingers on the center of the chest
just below the nipples.
.
One Rescuer CPR Skill Session

Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
43













44
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire scenario, step
by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell the other students
to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to
practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving
positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
Emphasize CAB: Circulation, Airway, Breathing
 C– means that the rescuer will start compressions when there is no
normal breathing or signs of life.
 A– means that the patient’s airway is opened using a head tilt chin
lift. The airway should be clear and free of any obstructions.
 B– means that the rescuer will give breaths if the patient is not
breathing. Breaths should last 1 second each and make the chest
rise. At any time the air does not go in and make the chest rise, the
rescuer should reposition the head and try again.
Compressions: Consistent and smooth at a rate of at least100 per minute,
pressing hard and fast. Keep elbows locked and pivot at the waist. Press all
the way down and come all the way back up without lifting off the chest.
Lead students together through the Adult CPR scenario. Use the ProFirstAid Adult CPR skill sheet.
Make sure all students have satisfactorily passed the Adult CPR skills.
Lead the group together through the Infant CPR scenario. Use the ProFirstAid Infant CPR skill sheet.
Make sure all students have satisfactorily passed the Infant CPR skills.
It is optional, but not required to practice Child CPR using the adult/child
manikin.
Show video: Adult AED
Show video: Child AED
Show video: Infant AED
Key Points:














ProNote:
 An AED should
include a kit containing gloves,
face shield, a cloth
to dry the chest,
and a battery powered beard trimmer or shaver.

It is rare for children and infants to
need an AED. The
majority of cardiac
problems in children are caused
from breathing
difficulties. CPR
and effective rescue breaths are
most important.
AED use for a
child or infant is
considered ages
1month-8 years
old. Use pediatric
pads if available. If
not, use a regular
AED designed for
adults.
AED stands for Automated External Defibrillator
AEDs are designed to shock the heart to stop chaotic
rhythms, usually ventricular fibrillation, in order for the
heart to restart under a normal rhythm. The AED analyzes the heart’s rhythm, advises whether a shock is
advised and then powers up. The operator then pushes
a button that will deliver the shock.
Each minute the defibrillation is delayed the chance of
survival is reduced by 10 percent. After 10 minutes few
people are resuscitated.
Early defibrillation within the first 5-6 minutes increases
survival rates from just CPR alone to greater than 50%.
Rescuers should begin chest compressions as soon as possible, and
use the AED as soon as it is available and ready.
If you are giving CPR to a child or infant, and the available AED does
not have child pads or a way to deliver a smaller dose, use a regular
AED with adult pads. You may need to place one pad on the front
and one pad on the back.
Bare the chest. Dry it off if it is wet. If there is excessive hair you may
need to shave it off.
Turn the machine on first.
Place one pad on the patients upper right chest just below the collarbone and above the nipple. Place the other pad on the patients lower
left ribs below the armpit. **Make sure to follow the directions shown
on the pads for the AED pad placement. Manufactures will vary.
Make sure pads are pressed down firmly. Do not try to lift up and adjust pads or they will not stick. Attach electrode cables now if not preconnected.
Follow the directions the AED gives.
Make sure to shout, “Stand Clear” before pushing the shock button.
The normal cycle is 1 shock, 2 minutes of CPR, 1 shock, 2 minutes of
CPR, etc.
The AED should be kept still while in operation. It is not designed for
movement, such as in a vehicle.
45






AED Considerations:
Remove a patient from standing water, such as a puddle, before AED
use. Rain, snow, or a wet surface is not a concern.
Patient should be removed from a metal surface if possible.
Slightly adjust pad placement so as not to directly cover the area if
the patient has an obvious bump or scar for a pacemaker.
Remove medication patches found on the patient’s chest with a
gloved hand.
Never remove the pads from the patient or turn off the AED.
AED Skill Session












46
Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire skill scenario,
step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is
presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide
positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups
giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
Practice with AED trainer/simulator: never use a real AED for practice
Emphasize turning on the AED first and following the directions it gives.
Lead students together through the Adult AED scenario. Use the ProFirstAid Adult AED skill sheet.
It is optional but not required to practice Child or Infant AED use.
Current guidelines recommend AED with pediatric pads for infants and children. If no pediatric pads are available, adult pads can be used.
Show video: Adult Conscious Choking
Show video: Child Conscious Choking
Show video: Infant Conscious Choking
Key Points:
Conscious Choking is when a victim cannot breath, cough or speak.
 Look into the persons face and Ask, “Are you choking?”
 If not able to breath, cough or speak, Activate EMS
Adult and Child
 The rescuer should stand behind the victim and place one foot
in-between the victims feet and the other foot behind in order
to have a firm stance in case the victim becomes unconscious.
In the case of a child, the rescuer may need to kneel down to
get into the proper position
 Administer abdominal thrusts until the object comes out or the
patient becomes unconscious
Infant
 Administer 5 back blows and 5 chest thrusts until the object
comes out or the patient becomes unconscious.
 Support the baby’s jaw when giving back blows and support
the baby’s head when giving chest thrusts.
 Special Circumstances: If the patient is pregnant or too large to
reach around, give chest thrusts.
Conscious Choking Skill Session








Arrange students in groups as needed. Tell students you will start the adult
conscious choking scenario. The rescuer should use the manikin to practice.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you will direct them through the skill scenario, step by step.
REMIND STUDENTS: If using partners rather than manikin to practice,
DO NOT ACTUALLY GIVE THRUSTS TO EACH OTHER.
Lead the students, as a group, through the Adult scenario. Provide positive
corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the students to practice on
their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
After the adult scenario, lead the group together through the Infant scenario
using the infant manikins:
47
Show video: Adult Unconscious Choking
Show video: Child Unconscious Choking
Show video: Infant Unconscious Choking
ProNote:
Unconscious choking
looks just like CPR with
one added step, check
the mouth. If you see
an object sweep it out.
Key Points:
-Unconscious Choking
 Unconscious
 No signs of life. Absent breathing
 Attempted rescue breaths will not go in
Treatment:
 If a conscious choking victim becomes unconscious, carefully lower
person to the ground
 Activate EMS
 Give 30 chest Compressions at a rate of at least 100 compressions
per minute.
 Check the mouth for a foreign body. If something is seen sweep it out
with a finger.
 Open Airway using head tilt chin lift
 Attempt a Breath
 If first breath does not make the chest rise, reposition head and reattempt a breath. If first breath still does not make the chest rise, assume there is a foreign body airway obstruction.
 Repeat 30 chest compressions, checking the mouth, and breathing
attempts
 After first breath goes in and makes the chest rise, give the second
breath
 If still not breathing normally and not moving, continue cycles of 30
chest compressions and 2 breaths.
Unconscious Choking Skill Session

48
Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,








practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire skill scenario,
step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is
presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to
practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving
positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After the adult scenario, lead the group together through the Infant scenario
using the infant manikins.
The Child skill is optional.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
49
Show video: Arterial Bleeding
Key Points:
50

Bleeding
 For all bleeding, remember to use personal protective equipment.
 Capillary bleeding is usually minor unless other injuries exists. Venous bleeding may be severe and potentially life threatening if a large
cut and large blood loss exists. Arterial bleeding should always be
considered severe and life threatening.
 Treatment: Activate EMS if severe bleeding is present, use direct
pressure at the site of the wound using an absorbent pad or gauze.
Do not take off what you have applied. Add more gauze or padding if
necessary. Watch for signs of shock and monitor ABC.
 You may consider using a pressure bandage by wrapping a roller
gauze or elastic bandage around the wound to maintain bleeding control.
 If appears contaminated, irrigate with sterile or clean water. If wound
is minor, wash and apply an antibiotic ointment, then bandage.

Nose Bleeds (Epistaxis)
 Treatment: Pinch nose, tilt the head forward, and apply a cold pack
to bridge of nose.

Evisceration (Disembowlment)
 Treatment: Activate EMS, cover with sterile or clean moist dressing.
Do not attempt to push bowl or organs back into place. Keep patient
warm, care for shock, check and correct ABC.

Amputation
 Treatment: Activate EMS, control bleeding with direct pressure, immobilize partial amputation with bulky dressing. If amputated part can
be found wrap in clean or sterile dressing and place in plastic bag.
Put bag in container of ice and water. Care for shock, check and correct ABC. Do not soak amputated part in water or allow it to freeze by
putting it directly on ice. If teeth are knocked out, avoid handling by
the root end, rinse with water, and store in milk.
Bleeding Control Skill Session
Direct students to the area where the supplies are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies: gauze
pads, roller bandage, gloves.
 Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
 Allow the students to practice on their own. Instructors should roam through
the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
 After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.

51
Show video: Shock
Key Points:
Manage Shock
 Shock is the body’s inability to circulate blood with oxygen to the brain
and vital organs.
 Signs & Symptoms: restlessness, anxiety, dizziness, confusion, cool
moist skin, delayed capillary refill time, and weakness.
 Treatment: Recognize, Activate EMS, keep calm, Nothing to eat or
drink, maintain body heat, raise the legs if no spinal injury or fracture
of the legs. Monitor ABC.
Show video: Secondary Survey
Key Points:
Perform Ongoing Assessments
 Check for and correct conditions which may not be immediately life
threatening but may become so if not corrected.
 SAMPLE (if time permits) get a sample history and do a “Head to Toe
Survey”
Symptoms
Allergies
Medications
Past Medical History
Last meal eaten
Events leading up to need for help
Look from head to toe for:
Deformities
Contusions
Abrasions
Penetrations
Burns
Tenderness
52
Lacerations
Swelling

Head to Toe exam
Head – soft spots, blood, look at the eyes, blood or loose teeth in
the mouth, blood or fluid from nose or ears, bruising of the eyes
and behind the ears
Neck – bleeding, jugular vein distention, tracheal deviation, open
wounds
Chest – blood, accessory muscle breathing, broken ribs, or open
wounds
Abdomen – bleeding, abdominal evisceration, guarding, tenderness, bruising
Pelvis – bleeding, unstable
Legs – bleeding, bruising, deformity, open wounds, distal sensation and movement
Arms – bleeding, bruising, deformity, open wounds, distal sensation and movement
53
Show video: Head, Neck, and Back Injuries
Key Points:

Suspect Spinal Injuries in:
 Motor Vehicle accidents
 Pedestrian-vehicle collisions
 Falls
 Blunt trauma
 Diving accidents
 Any trauma leaving the patient unresponsive
 Severe head injuries
 Obvious bruising and injury to the neck

Treatment: Activate EMS, do not move the patient unless life threatening
danger arises, maintain spinal stabilization, check and correct ABC.
Show video: Musculoskeletal Injuries
Key Points:
54
ProNote:
Ice should not
be placed directly on bare
skin.
Crepits- Crackling or grating
feeling or sound
under the skin.

Muscle & Bone Injuries
 Consider the mechanism that caused the injury.
 Look for deformity, open wounds, tenderness, swelling, discoloration,
bruising, crepitus, and loss of movement.
 Tell patient not to move the body part.
 Cover any open wounds with dry clean dressings, but do not apply
pressure over possible fracture.
 General splinting is contraindicated in Current Guidelines. Stabilize
fractures in the position found. Splinting may be appropriate if there
will be an extended time for EMS response, EMS is not available, or
an individual will be transporting the patient to a hospital.

Treatment: Activate EMS if necessary, manually stabilize the affected body
part, do not attempt to straighten, use ice to minimize swelling.
Show video: Burns
Key Points:

Burns
First Degree
 Pain
 Red Skin
 Swelling
 Second Degree
 Pain
 Blistering
 White or Red Skin
 Body fluids leaking from the burn site
 Third Degree
 Minimal pain at the burn site
 Multicolored skin, black, white, gray, and red
 Severe body fluid loss

Treatment: Cool burn with water, cover with dry sterile dressing (for
chemical burns, flush with water for 15-20 minutes). For 1st and 2nd
degree burns, activate EMS if severe conditions exist. For 3rd degree
burns, electrical burns, and chemical burns activate EMS immediately. Care for shock, check and correct ABC.
 For electrical burns look for an entrance and exit wound.

Show video: Eye injuries
Key Points:

Eye Injuries
 Burns – stop the burning, cool, and bandage both eyes
 Chemical – flush with warm water for 15-20 minutes and bandage
both eyes
55


Penetrating Trauma – Do not remove. Bandage the object into place,
and cover both eyes.
Treatment: Activate EMS if severe conditions exist. Seek professional medical treatment for all forms of eye injuries.
Show video: Heat and Cold Emergencies
Key Points:

56
Heat Related Emergencies
 Heat Cramps
 Faintness, dizziness
 Exhaustion
 Possible nausea and vomiting
 Stiff boardlike abdomen
 Normal mental status
 Severe muscle cramps/pain
 Sweating
 Treatment: Get patient out of the hot environment, cool the
patient, remove tight clothing, and give water if tolerated.

Heat Exhaustion
 Moist and clammy skin, sweating
 Pale
 Weak, dizzy or faint
 Headache
 Nausea and vomiting
 Treatment: Get patient out of the hot environment, remove
clothing as necessary, gently cool the patient, give water if tolerated. If patient does not improve or becomes unconscious,
activate EMS, check and correct ABC.

Heat Stroke
 Life-threatening
 Dry or wet skin, usually red
 Very high body temperature
 Coma or near coma
 Treatment: Activate EMS immediately, get patient out of the
hot environment, check and correct ABC, remove clothing as
necessary, gently cool the patient, give nothing to drink or eat.

Cold Related Emergencies
 Factors that affect onset
 Weather severity
 Age
 Pre-existing medical condition
 Alcohol or drug consumption
 Clothing

Hypothermia signs and symptoms
 Shivering (Usually in the early stages)
 Feeling of numbness
 Slow breathing
 Slow pulse
 Slurred speech
 Decreased levels of consciousness
 Hard, cold, painless body parts
 Death
 Treatment: Get patient out of cold environment. Gently rewarm by removing wet clothing and covering patient with a dry
blanket. If patient does not improve, shows decreased level of
consciousness or becomes unconscious, activate EMS.

Frost-Bite
 Waxy looking, blistered, discolored, numb, swollen extremities
(usually fingers and toes) after prolonged exposure to cold.
 Black blisters may occur in severe cases.
 Treatment: Seek immediate professional medical help. Do not
rub the affected area. Do not rewarm area if chance of refreezing exists. Rewarm with warm or room temperature water, not
hot.
Show video: Allergic Reactions
Show Video: Snake Bites
\
Key Points:

Allergic Reactions
 Allergic reaction can happen because of drugs, poisons, plants, inhalation, foods, or insect stings.
57

Signs and symptoms








Altered level of consciousness
Hallucinations
Burning sensation in the chest and throat
Excessive sweating
Difficulty breathing
Nausea and vomiting
Severe abdominal cramping
Rashes/Hives
Breathing Diffculty
 If you see any signs of severe breathing difficulty, treat them
as life threatening no matter the cause.
 Signs & Symptoms
 Shortness of breath or wheezing
 Leaning forward to breath
 Unable to make noise or speak
 Blue lips and fingernails (Cyanosis)
 Moist skin
 Rapid, shallow breathing


Treatment for Allergic Reactions and Breathing Difficulties: Activate EMS and keep patient calm. Place in position of comfort. Ask
about allergies, asthma, COPD or other medical conditions. Look for
obvious bites and stings. If the patient has a prescribed inhaler or Epipen, assist patient to utilize the device. Check and correct ABC.
Show video: Poison Control
Key Points:

58
Poisoning
 The most important thing you can do for poisonings is prevent them.
 Signs & Symptoms
 Altered level of consciousness
 Hallucinations
 Burning sensation in the chest and throat
 Headache
 Excessive sweating
 Burns/stains around the mouth




Difficulty breathing
Nausea and vomiting
Severe abdominal cramping
Treatment: Activate EMS, Check and correct ABC, and call
Poison Control Services: 1-800-222-1222. Follow directions.
Chest & Head Injuries
Key Points:

Signs and Symptoms
 Bruising around the eyes and behind the ears
 Irregular or abnormal breathing patterns
 Altered mental status (Most common sign of head injuries)
 Slow or changing pulse
 Blood or fluid draining from the nose or ears
 Bruises, cuts, and swelling on the scalp
 Dents or depressions in the skull
 Headache
 Penetrating injury
 Nausea and vomiting
 Visual disturbances
 Treatment: Recognize life threatening conditions and activate
EMS. Manually stabilize the head and spine. Check and correct ABC.
Abdominal Emergencies
Key Points:
It is difficult to know what the exact problem may be with abdominal
emergencies. Such emergencies may include but are not limited to:
Internal bleeding, tubular pregnancy, appendicitis, bowl obstruction,
organ damage, etc.
 Signs and symptoms
 Pain and tenderness
 Rigidity
 Nausea and vomiting
 Bruising of the external abdomen
 Treatment: Recognize life threatening emergencies and activate EMS. Care for shock, check and correct ABC.

59
Show video: Diabetes
Key Points:

Diabetic Emergencies
 Signs & Symptoms
 Altered level of consciousness
 Personality changes
 Irritability
 Weakness
 Dizziness
 Coma
 Unusual breathing
 Cool, clammy skin
 Seizures or shakiness
 Treatment: Give sugar if conscious. If unconscious or condition does
not improve, activate EMS, check and correct ABC.
Show video: Seizures
Key Points:

60
Seizures
 Signs & Symptoms
 Altered level of consciousness
 Uncontrollable shaking
 Treatment: Activate EMS if the reason for the seizure is unknown or
it lasts for more than 5 minutes. Protect patient from further harm,
place nothing in the mouth, and do not try to restrain the patient. After seizure ends, open the airway, check and correct ABC, and consider moving patient into the recovery position if patient is unconscious and breathing.
Moving Patients
Key Points:

In general a rescuer should never move a patient unless it is necessary to provide care or there is a direct danger to the patients life. Remember to protect the patient’s head, neck and back.
 Recovery Position
 Helps keep airway open
 Allows fluid to drain from mouth
 Prevents aspiration
 Extend victim’s arm closest to you above victim’s head
 Place vicim’s leg farthest from you, over his other leg.
 Support head and neck
 Place victim’s arm farthest from you across his chest
 Roll victim towards you
 Position victims top leg so the knee acts as a prop for
the body
 Place victim’s hand under chin to keep airway open

Rescue Moves
 Clothing Drag
Grasp the shirt near the shoulders. Lift up and walk backwards dragging the patient.
 Blanket Drag
Place the patient on blanket or sheet. Grasp at head end,
lift up and walk backwards dragging the patient.
 Extremity drag
If necessary simply drag by holding forearms and pulling.
Use ProFirstAid Final Test and answer sheets in Appendix D
Administer Written Test




Allow students ample time to complete the test.
Check answers using the answer sheet
Students must have 80% correct to pass the test
Student who fail may be remediated and given a second opportunity to pass the
test. Students who do not pass the second attempt must retake the course
After-course responsibilities:
 Instructor completes student checklist and keeps a copy on file for min. of 2 years.61
 Instructor completes online classroom records through instructor dashboard so
students will receive certification cards.
62
63
ProFirstAid Basic CourseLayrescuer Adult CPR/AED and First Aid
64
ProFirstAid Basic Course Instructor Activities:
Course Introduction:
Videos for ProFirstAid Basic Course are available at:
www.basic.profirstaid.com and on the ProFirstAid Instructor DVD
Key Points:
Use ProFirstAid Basic Skill Sheets for Skill sessions
from appendix A

The goal of the ProFirstAid Basic Layrescuer program is to help the student
gain the knowledge and skills necessary to manage a medical emergency
and to provide layrescuer level CPR until more advanced help is available.

The techniques you will practice today will cover adult skills in 1 person
CPR, conscious choking, unconscious choking, AED, and First Aid.

The course will combine short video segments, skill practice and demonstration on manikins, and teaching sessions. There will be a written test at the
end. Make sure to pay attention to the key points in each of our activities.


Are there any questions before we begin? (briefly answer any questions)
Five Fears:
Show video: Five Fears
Key Points:

Five Fears: Most people don’t get involved in performing first aid or CPR because of fear. Don’t let fear stop you. You will give the best possible care for
the patient by doing something rather than nothing. We can break down almost all fears into five categories. Don’t let these fears stop you.
 Fear of Disease:
The Solution: Universal precautions. Always use personal protective equipment. In other words, gloves and a face shield. If you
don’t have it available, you can perform hands only CPR.
 Fear of Lawsuits:
The Solution: Good Samaritan Laws protect you from legal liability
65
when you act in good faith and do not have a duty to act.
 Fear of Uncertainty:
The Solution: Emphasis is placed on the role of CPR, not merely
on the number sequences. Even if numbers are forgotten, remember to push hard and push fast. The key is to circulate blood with
oxygen to the brain until advanced medical care is available.
 Fear of Hurting a Patient:
The Solution: Patients who are clinically dead can only be helped,
not made worse with resuscitation efforts.
 Fear of Unsafe Scene:
The Solution: Never enter an unsafe scene! Rescuers are no use
to patients if they become patients themselves. A dead rescuer is
no rescuer.
Basic Physiology and CPR Philosophy:
ProNote:
The Chain of Survival
AED
Key Points:




Early Activation of EMS
Early CPR
Early Defibrillation
Early Advanced Care
Providing CPR early after a person collapses keeps a person from going into
biological death. At the moment a per- The earlier these steps take place in an emerson’s heart stops and breathing stops, gency, the better the chance of a patient’s survival.
the condition is called clinical death. A
person has about 4-6 minutes of oxygen in the blood and body tissues. After
10 minutes of no breathing and no circulation, the body goes into biological
death. Brain cells have died. It is rare to revive a person after biological
death has occurred. CPR helps extend this time before biological death occurs, by getting circulating oxygen. CPR is not intended to restart the heart.
Advanced care is needed to get the heart back into a regular rhythm.
 Basic Anatomy & Physiology
The cardiovascular system comprises the heart, arteries, capillaries, and
veins.
a) Heart – consists of four chambers, about the size of your fist, located
under the breastbone. Function of the heart is to pump the blood to
the brain, lungs and body.
b) Lungs – there are two lungs, functions to take in oxygen and release
carbon dioxide.
c) Brain – tells the rest of the body what to do and needs oxygen on a
regular basis. Brain cells will begin to die in 4 to 6 minutes (without
oxygen).
d) Cells – all cells of the body consistently require oxygen to carry out
normal functions. Carbon dioxide is produced as a waste product and
must be eliminated from the body through the lungs.

66

The ProCPR Method
Protect yourself
Safety first! Make sure the scene is safe. Do not enter an unsafe
scene! If it is unsafe, stay at a safe distance and activate EMS
(call 911).
Prepare and apply appropriate personal protective equipment
Respond
Is the scene safe or can the scene be made safe for the rescuer?
Is there a true medical emergency?
Observe signs and symptoms
Shout to the patient first then tap and shout to determine the level
of responsiveness. Ask what happened? Are there any life threatening conditions?
Call
If no response or a life threatening condition exists, activate EMS
(call 911).
Provide proper care
Care for the patient based on present medical conditions.
Relinquish care to the provider of the next level of care
Show video: Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks
Key Points:

Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks
Cardiovascular disease is the number one killer in the United States. The
Center for Disease Control reports that in the United States over 650,000
people die each year from cardiovascular disease.
Controllable risk factors:
 cigarette smoking
 high blood pressure
 obesity
 lack of exercise
 high blood cholesterol levels
 uncontrolled diabetes
 high fat diet
 high stress
67
Uncontrollable risk factors
 Race
 Heredity
 Sex
 Age

Heart Attack
Signs and Symptoms may include
 Chest discomfort/pressure, tightness, may radiate to jaw and arms.
 Nausea
 Sweating
 Shortness of breath
 Denial
 Feeling of weakness
Treatment: Recognize the signs and symptoms of a heart attack, activate
EMS, have patient remain in a position of comfort, offer 1 adult dose aspirin, and keep the patient calm and quiet.
Show video: Stroke
Key Points:
68

Much like a heart attack, a stroke is a blockage of a vessel. However,
blocked vessel is in the brain. The more time that the stroke is let go, the
more damage occurs to brain tissue.

Signs & Symptoms
 Numbness or weakness of the face, arm or leg, especially on one side
of the body
 Confusion
 Trouble speaking or understanding
 Trouble seeing in one or both eyes
 Trouble walking
 Dizziness
 Loss of balance or coordination
 Severe headache with no known cause
Treatment: Recognize stroke signs and symptoms, activate EMS, check
and correct ABC. Give nothing by mouth. Keep patient calm and reassure. Place patient in recovery position if the patient is unconscious,
breathing effectively, and there is no suspected head neck or back injury.
Show video: How to Reduce Your Risk
Show video: Glove Removal and Disposal
Key Points:
Before treating patients you need to know how to use personal protective
equipment properly to prevent contact with potentially infectious body fluids.
 Treat all body fluids as potentially infectious because bloodborne pathogens,
HIV, HBV, and HBC, can be present when blood is not visible to the eye.
 Using personal Protective Equipment
1. Putting Gloves on:
Always use disposable gloves when providing first aid care. If you
have a latex allergy use a latex alternative such as nitrile or vinyl.
Before providing care, make sure the gloves are not ripped or
damaged. You may need to remove rings or other jewelry that
may rip the gloves.
2. Removing Gloves:
Remember to use skin to skin and glove to glove. Pinch the outside wrist of the other gloved hand. Pull the glove off turning the
glove inside-out as you remove it. Hold it in the gloved hand. Use
the bare hand to reach inside the other glove at the wrist to turn it
inside out trapping the other glove inside. Dispose of gloves properly. If you did it correctly, the outside of either glove never
touched your exposed skin.
3. Use a Rescue Mask or Face Shield:
If you have to provide rescue ventilations, use a rescue mask or
face shield that has a one way valve. To prevent exposure, avoid
giving direct mouth to mouth ventilations.

The Chain of Survival
Key Points:

The earlier these steps take place in an emergency, the better the chance of
a patient’s survival.
69





Activating EMS – Call 911
 Send someone to call 911 and tell them to come back. The caller
should give dispatch the patient’s location, what happened, how
many people are injured, and what is being done.

70
Early Recognition and Activation of EMS
Early CPR
Early Defibrillation
Early Advanced Care
If alone and no one is available PHONE FIRST for adults and get the AED. Return to start
CPR and use the AED.

CARE FIRST for children and infants by providing about 5 cycles or 2 minutes of CPR before activating the emergency response number.

CARE FIRST for all age patients of hypoxic (asphyxial) arrest
(ei., drowning, injury, drug overdose).
Show video: Adult CPR
Key Points:

The purpose of CPR is to circulate blood with oxygen in it to
the brain and vital organs. Your focus should be on consistent
smooth compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute,
pressing hard and fast.

Order of skills:
 Check the scene
 Check responsiveness and normal breathing
 Activate EMS
 Give 30 chest Compressions at a rate of at least 100
compressions per minute.
 Open Airway using head tilt chin lift
 Give 2 Breaths lasting 1 second each. Watch for chest
rise and fall.
 Continue cycles of 30 compressions to 2 breaths until
an AED arrives, advanced medical personnel take over,
the patient shows signs of life, the scene becomes unsafe, or you are too exhausted to continue.

ProNotes:
 Infant is under 1
year old
 Child is 1 to onset
of puberty. Approx
12-14 years old.
 Adult is onset of
puberty and older.

Breaths: Watch for
chest rise. Breaths
should last 1 second each. When
chest rises or resistance is felt, stop
the breath.

Compressions:
Push hard and
push fast, and
come up fully allowing the heart to refill. Compressions
for all ages should
be given at a rate of
at least 100 per
minute.
DepthAdult– at least 2”
Child & InfantAt least 1/3 the
depth of the
chest.
 If you are unable or
Hand placement for compressions:
unwilling to give
Adult— Place heel of hand of the dominant hand on
breaths, at least
the center of the chest between the nipples. The
give compressions.
second hand should be placed on top.
Compression only
CPR has been
found to be effective.
.
One Rescuer CPR Skill Session

Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
71










72
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire rescue breathing scenario, step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell
the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as
the scenario is presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to
practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving
positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student skill sheet.
Emphasize CAB: Circulation, Airway, Breathing
 C– means that the rescuer will start compressions when there is no
normal breathing or signs of life.
 A– means that the patient’s airway is opened using a head tilt chin
lift. The airway should be clear and free of any obstructions.
 B– means that the rescuer will give breaths if the patient is not
breathing. Breaths should last 1 second each and make the chest
rise. At any time the air does not go in and make the chest rise, the
rescuer should reposition the head and try again.
Compressions: Consistent and smooth at a rate of at least 100 per minute,
pressing hard and fast. Keep elbows locked and pivot at the waist. Press all
the way down and come all the way back up without lifting off the chest.
Lead students together through the Adult CPR scenario. Use the ProFirstAid Basic Adult CPR skill sheet.
Make sure all students have satisfactorily passed the Adult CPR skills.
ProNote:
 An AED should
include a kit containing gloves,
face shield, a cloth
to dry the chest,
and a battery powered beard trimmer or shaver.
Show video: Adult AED
Key Points:















It is rare for children and infants to
need an AED. The
majority of cardiac
problems in children are caused
from breathing
difficulties. CPR
and effective rescue breaths are
most important.
AED use for a
child or infant is
considered ages
1month-8 years
old. Use pediatric
pads if available. If
not, use a regular
AED designed for
adults.
AED stands for Automated External Defibrillator
AEDs are designed to shock the heart to stop chaotic
rhythms, usually ventricular fibrillation, in order for the
heart to restart under a normal rhythm. The AED analyzes the heart’s rhythm, advises whether a shock is
advised and then powers up. The operator then pushes
a button that will deliver the shock.
Each minute the defibrillation is delayed the chance of
survival is reduced by 10 percent. After 10 minutes few
people are resuscitated.
Early defibrillation within the first 5-6 minutes increases
survival rates from just CPR alone to greater than 50%.
Rescuers should begin chest compressions as soon as possible, and
use the AED as soon as it is available and ready.
If you are giving CPR to a child or infant, and the available AED does
not have child pads or a way to deliver a smaller dose, use a regular
AED with adult pads. You may need to place one pad on the front
and one pad on the back.
Bare the chest. Dry it off if it is wet. If there is excessive hair you may
need to shave it off.
Turn the machine on first.
Place one pad on the patients upper right chest just below the collarbone and above the nipple. Place the other pad on the patients lower
left ribs below the armpit. **Make sure to follow the directions shown
on the pads for the AED pad placement. Manufactures will vary.
Make sure pads are pressed down firmly. Do not try to lift up and adjust pads or they will not stick. Attach electrode cables now if not preconnected.
Follow the directions the AED gives.
Make sure to shout, “Stand Clear” before pushing the shock button.
The normal cycle is 1 shock, 2 minutes of CPR, 1 shock, 2 minutes of
CPR, etc.
The AED should be kept still while in operation. It is not designed for
movement, such as in a vehicle.
73






AED Considerations:
Remove a patient from standing water, such as a puddle, before AED
use. Rain, snow, or a wet surface is not a concern.
Patient should be removed from a metal surface if possible.
Slightly adjust pad placement so as not to directly cover the area if
the patient has an obvious bump or scar for a pacemaker.
Remove medication patches found on the patient’s chest with a
gloved hand.
Never remove the pads from the patient or turn off the AED.
AED Skill Session











74
Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire skill scenario,
step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is
presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide
positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups
giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student skill sheet.
Practice with AED trainer/simulator: never use a real AED for practice
Emphasize turning on the AED first and following the directions it gives.
Lead students together through the Adult AED scenario. Use the ProFirstAid Basic Adult AED skill sheet.
Current guidelines recommend AED with pediatric pads for infants and children. If no pediatric pads are available, adult pads can be used.
Show video: Adult Conscious Choking
Key Points:

Conscious Choking is when a victim cannot breath, cough or speak.
 Look into the persons face and Ask, “Are you choking?”
 If not able to breath, cough or speak, Activate EMS
Adult
 The rescuer should stand behind the victim and place one foot
in-between the victims feet and the other foot behind in order
to have a firm stance in case the victim becomes unconscious.
In the case of a child, the rescuer may need to kneel down to
get into the proper position
 Administer abdominal thrusts until the object comes out or the
patient becomes unconscious

Special Circumstances: If the patient is pregnant or too large to
reach around, give chest thrusts.
Conscious Choking Skill Session







Arrange students in groups as needed. Tell students you will start the adult
conscious choking scenario. The rescuer should use the manikin to practice.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you will direct them through the skill scenario, step by step.
REMIND STUDENTS: If using partners rather than manikin to practice,
DO NOT ACTUALLY GIVE THRUSTS TO EACH OTHER.
Lead the students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the students to practice on their
own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective
feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student skill sheet.
Use the following Infant CPR skill sheet:
75
Show video: Adult Unconscious Choking
ProNote:
Unconscious choking
looks just like CPR with
one added step, check
the mouth. If you see
an object sweep it out.
Key Points:
-Unconscious Choking
 Unconscious
 No signs of life. Absent breathing
 Attempted rescue breaths will not go in
Treatment:
 If a conscious choking victim becomes unconscious, carefully lower
person to the ground
 Activate EMS
 Give 30 chest Compressions at a rate of at least 100 compressions
per minute.
 Check the mouth for a foreign body. If something is seen sweep it out
with a finger.
 Open Airway using head tilt chin lift
 Attempt a Breath
 If first breath does not make the chest rise, reposition head and reattempt a breath. If first breath still does not make the chest rise, assume there is a foreign body airway obstruction.
 Repeat 30 chest compressions, checking the mouth, and breathing
attempts
 After first breath goes in and makes the chest rise, give the second
breath
 If still not breathing normally and not moving, continue cycles of 30
chest compressions and 2 breaths.
Unconscious Choking Skill Session

76
Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,






practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire skill scenario,
step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is
presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to
practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving
positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
77
Show video: Arterial Bleeding
Key Points:
78

Bleeding
 For all bleeding, remember to use personal protective equipment.
 Capillary bleeding is usually minor unless other injuries exists. Venous bleeding may be severe and potentially life threatening if a large
cut and large blood loss exists. Arterial bleeding should always be
considered severe and life threatening.
 Treatment: Activate EMS if severe bleeding is present, use direct
pressure at the site of the wound using an absorbent pad or gauze.
Do not take off what you have applied. Add more gauze or padding if
necessary. Watch for signs of shock and monitor ABC.
 You may consider using a pressure bandage by wrapping a roller
gauze or elastic bandage around the wound to maintain bleeding control.
 If appears contaminated, irrigate with sterile or clean water. If wound
is minor, wash and apply an antibiotic ointment, then bandage.

Nose Bleeds (Epistaxis)
 Treatment: Pinch nose, tilt the head forward, and apply a cold pack
to bridge of nose.

Evisceration (Disembowlment)
 Treatment: Activate EMS, cover with sterile or clean moist dressing.
Do not attempt to push bowl or organs back into place. Keep patient
warm, care for shock, check and correct ABC.

Amputation
 Treatment: Activate EMS, control bleeding with direct pressure, immobilize partial amputation with bulky dressing. If amputated part can
be found wrap in clean or sterile dressing and place in plastic bag.
Put bag in container of ice and water. Care for shock, check and correct ABC. Do not soak amputated part in water or allow it to freeze by
putting it directly on ice. If teeth are knocked out, avoid handling by
the root end, rinse with water, and store in milk.
Bleeding Control Skill Session
Direct students to the area where the supplies are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies: gauze
pads, roller bandage, gloves.
 Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
 Allow the students to practice on their own. Instructors should roam through
the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
 After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.

79
Show video: Shock
Key Points:
Manage Shock
 Shock is the body’s inability to circulate blood with oxygen to the brain
and vital organs.
 Signs & Symptoms: restlessness, anxiety, dizziness, confusion, cool
moist skin, delayed capillary refill time, and weakness.
 Treatment: Recognize, Activate EMS, keep calm, Nothing to eat or
drink, maintain body heat, raise the legs if no spinal injury or fracture
of the legs. Monitor ABC.
Show video: Secondary Survey
Key Points:
Perform Ongoing Assessments
 Check for and correct conditions which may not be immediately life
threatening but may become so if not corrected.
 SAMPLE (if time permits) get a sample history and do a “Head to Toe
Survey”
Symptoms
Allergies
Medications
Past Medical History
Last meal eaten
Events leading up to need for help
Look from head to toe for:
Deformities
Contusions
Abrasions
Penetrations
Burns
Tenderness
80
Lacerations
Swelling

Head to Toe exam
Head – soft spots, blood, look at the eyes, blood or loose teeth in
the mouth, blood or fluid from nose or ears, bruising of the eyes
and behind the ears
Neck – bleeding, jugular vein distention, tracheal deviation, open
wounds
Chest – blood, accessory muscle breathing, broken ribs, or open
wounds
Abdomen – bleeding, abdominal evisceration, guarding, tenderness, bruising
Pelvis – bleeding, unstable
Legs – bleeding, bruising, deformity, open wounds, distal sensation and movement
Arms – bleeding, bruising, deformity, open wounds, distal sensation and movement
81
Show video: Head, Neck, and Back Injuries
Key Points:

Suspect Spinal Injuries in:
 Motor Vehicle accidents
 Pedestrian-vehicle collisions
 Falls
 Blunt trauma
 Diving accidents
 Any trauma leaving the patient unresponsive
 Severe head injuries
 Obvious bruising and injury to the neck

Treatment: Activate EMS, do not move the patient unless life threatening
danger arises, maintain spinal stabilization, check and correct ABC.
Show video: Musculoskeletal Injuries
Key Points:
82
ProNote:
Ice should not
be placed directly on bare
skin.
Crepits- Crackling or grating
feeling or sound
under the skin.

Muscle & Bone Injuries
 Consider the mechanism that caused the injury.
 Look for deformity, open wounds, tenderness, swelling, discoloration,
bruising, crepitus, and loss of movement.
 Tell patient not to move the body part.
 Cover any open wounds with dry clean dressings, but do not apply
pressure over possible fracture.
 General splinting is contraindicated in Current Guidelines. Stabilize
fractures in the position found. Splinting may be appropriate if there
will be an extended time for EMS response, EMS is not available, or
an individual will be transporting the patient to a hospital.

Treatment: Activate EMS if necessary, manually stabilize the affected body
part, do not attempt to straighten, use ice to minimize swelling.
Show video: Burns
Key Points:

Burns
First Degree
 Pain
 Red Skin
 Swelling
 Second Degree
 Pain
 Blistering
 White or Red Skin
 Body fluids leaking from the burn site
 Third Degree
 Minimal pain at the burn site
 Multicolored skin, black, white, gray, and red
 Severe body fluid loss

Treatment: Cool burn with water, cover with dry sterile dressing (for
chemical burns, flush with water for 15-20 minutes). For 1st and 2nd
degree burns, activate EMS if severe conditions exist. For 3rd degree
burns, electrical burns, and chemical burns activate EMS immediately. Care for shock, check and correct ABC.
 For electrical burns look for an entrance and exit wound.

Show video: Eye injuries
Key Points:

Eye Injuries
 Burns – stop the burning, cool, and bandage both eyes
 Chemical – flush with warm water for 15-20 minutes and bandage
both eyes
83


Penetrating Trauma – Do not remove. Bandage the object into place,
and cover both eyes.
Treatment: Activate EMS if severe conditions exist. Seek professional medical treatment for all forms of eye injuries.
Show video: Heat and Cold Emergencies
Key Points:

84
Heat Related Emergencies
 Heat Cramps
 Faintness, dizziness
 Exhaustion
 Possible nausea and vomiting
 Stiff boardlike abdomen
 Normal mental status
 Severe muscle cramps/pain
 Sweating
 Treatment: Get patient out of the hot environment, cool the
patient, remove tight clothing, and give water if tolerated.

Heat Exhaustion
 Moist and clammy skin, sweating
 Pale
 Weak, dizzy or faint
 Headache
 Nausea and vomiting
 Treatment: Get patient out of the hot environment, remove
clothing as necessary, gently cool the patient, give water if tolerated. If patient does not improve or becomes unconscious,
activate EMS, check and correct ABC.

Heat Stroke
 Life-threatening
 Dry or wet skin, usually red
 Very high body temperature
 Coma or near coma
 Treatment: Activate EMS immediately, get patient out of the
hot environment, check and correct ABC, remove clothing as
necessary, gently cool the patient, give nothing to drink or eat.

Cold Related Emergencies
 Factors that affect onset
 Weather severity
 Age
 Pre-existing medical condition
 Alcohol or drug consumption
 Clothing

Hypothermia signs and symptoms
 Shivering (Usually in the early stages)
 Feeling of numbness
 Slow breathing
 Slow pulse
 Slurred speech
 Decreased levels of consciousness
 Hard, cold, painless body parts
 Death
 Treatment: Get patient out of cold environment. Gently rewarm by removing wet clothing and covering patient with a dry
blanket. If patient does not improve, shows decreased level of
consciousness or becomes unconscious, activate EMS.

Frost-Bite
 Waxy looking, blistered, discolored, numb, swollen extremities
(usually fingers and toes) after prolonged exposure to cold.
 Black blisters may occur in severe cases.
 Treatment: Seek immediate professional medical help. Do not
rub the affected area. Do not rewarm area if chance of refreezing exists. Rewarm with warm or room temperature water, not
hot.
Show video: Allergic Reactions
Show Video: Snake Bites
\
Key Points:

Allergic Reactions
 Allergic reaction can happen because of drugs, poisons, plants, inhalation, foods, or insect stings.
85

Signs and symptoms








Altered level of consciousness
Hallucinations
Burning sensation in the chest and throat
Excessive sweating
Difficulty breathing
Nausea and vomiting
Severe abdominal cramping
Rashes/Hives
Breathing Diffculty
 If you see any signs of severe breathing difficulty, treat them
as life threatening no matter the cause.
 Signs & Symptoms
 Shortness of breath or wheezing
 Leaning forward to breath
 Unable to make noise or speak
 Blue lips and fingernails (Cyanosis)
 Moist skin
 Rapid, shallow breathing


Treatment for Allergic Reactions and Breathing Difficulties: Activate EMS and keep patient calm. Place in position of comfort. Ask
about allergies, asthma, COPD or other medical conditions. Look for
obvious bites and stings. If the patient has a prescribed inhaler or Epipen, assist patient to utilize the device. Check and correct ABC.
Show video: Poison Control
Key Points:

86
Poisoning
 The most important thing you can do for poisonings is prevent them.
 Signs & Symptoms
 Altered level of consciousness
 Hallucinations
 Burning sensation in the chest and throat
 Headache
 Excessive sweating
 Burns/stains around the mouth




Difficulty breathing
Nausea and vomiting
Severe abdominal cramping
Treatment: Activate EMS, Check and correct ABC, and call
Poison Control Services: 1-800-222-1222. Follow directions.
Chest & Head Injuries
Key Points:

Signs and Symptoms
 Bruising around the eyes and behind the ears
 Irregular or abnormal breathing patterns
 Altered mental status (Most common sign of head injuries)
 Slow or changing pulse
 Blood or fluid draining from the nose or ears
 Bruises, cuts, and swelling on the scalp
 Dents or depressions in the skull
 Headache
 Penetrating injury
 Nausea and vomiting
 Visual disturbances
 Treatment: Recognize life threatening conditions and activate
EMS. Manually stabilize the head and spine. Check and correct ABC.
Abdominal Emergencies
Key Points:
It is difficult to know what the exact problem may be with abdominal
emergencies. Such emergencies may include but are not limited to:
Internal bleeding, tubular pregnancy, appendicitis, bowl obstruction,
organ damage, etc.
 Signs and symptoms
 Pain and tenderness
 Rigidity
 Nausea and vomiting
 Bruising of the external abdomen
 Treatment: Recognize life threatening emergencies and activate EMS. Care for shock, check and correct ABC.

87
Show video: Diabetes
Key Points:

Diabetic Emergencies
 Signs & Symptoms
 Altered level of consciousness
 Personality changes
 Irritability
 Weakness
 Dizziness
 Coma
 Unusual breathing
 Cool, clammy skin
 Seizures or shakiness
 Treatment: Give sugar if conscious. If unconscious or condition does
not improve, activate EMS, check and correct ABC.
Show video: Seizures
Key Points:

88
Seizures
 Signs & Symptoms
 Altered level of consciousness
 Uncontrollable shaking
 Treatment: Activate EMS if the reason for the seizure is unknown or
it lasts for more than 5 minutes. Protect patient from further harm,
place nothing in the mouth, and do not try to restrain the patient. After seizure ends, open the airway, check and correct ABC, and consider moving patient into the recovery position if patient is unconscious and breathing.
Moving Patients
Key Points:

In general a rescuer should never move a patient unless it is necessary to provide care or there is a direct danger to the patients life. Remember to protect the patient’s head, neck and back.
 Recovery Position
 Helps keep airway open
 Allows fluid to drain from mouth
 Prevents aspiration
 Extend victim’s arm closest to you above victim’s head
 Place vicim’s leg farthest from you, over his other leg.
 Support head and neck
 Place victim’s arm farthest from you across his chest
 Roll victim towards you
 Position victims top leg so the knee acts as a prop for
the body
 Place victim’s hand under chin to keep airway open

Rescue Moves
 Clothing Drag
Grasp the shirt near the shoulders. Lift up and walk backwards dragging the patient.
 Blanket Drag
Place the patient on blanket or sheet. Grasp at head end,
lift up and walk backwards dragging the patient.
 Extremity drag
If necessary simply drag by holding forearms and pulling.
Use ProFirstAid Basic Final Test and answer sheets in Appendix D
Administer Written Test




Allow students ample time to complete the test.
Check answers using the answer sheet
Students must have 80% correct to pass the test
Student who fail may be remediated and given a second opportunity to pass the
test. Students who do not pass the second attempt must retake the course
After-course responsibilities:
 Instructor completes student checklist and keeps a copy on file for min. of 2 years.
 Instructor completes online classroom records through instructor dashboard so 89
students will receive certification cards.
90
ProCPR Basic CourseLayrescuer Adult CPR/AED
91
ProCPR Basic Course Instructor Activities:
Course Introduction:
Key Points:
Videos for ProCPR Basic Course are available at:
www.adult.procpr.org and on the ProFirstAid Instructor DVD
Use ProCPR Basic Skill Sheets for Skill sessions
from appendix A

The goal of the ProCPR Basic Layrescuer program is to help the student
gain the knowledge and skills necessary to manage a medical emergency
and to provide layrescuer level CPR until more advanced help is available.

The techniques you will practice today will cover adult skills in 1 person
CPR, conscious choking, unconscious choking, and AED.

The course will combine short video segments, skill practice and demonstration on manikins, and teaching sessions. There will be a written test at the
end. Make sure to pay attention to the key points in each of our activities.

Are there any questions before we begin? (briefly answer any questions)
Five Fears:
Show video: Five Fears
Key Points:

92
Five Fears: Most people don’t get involved in performing first aid or CPR because of fear. Don’t let fear stop you. You will give the best possible care for
the patient by doing something rather than nothing. We can break down almost all fears into five categories. Don’t let these fears stop you.
 Fear of Disease:
The Solution: Universal precautions. Always use personal protective equipment. In other words, gloves and a face shield. If you
don’t have it available, you can perform hands only CPR.
 Fear of Lawsuits:
The Solution: Good Samaritan Laws protect you from legal liability
when you act in good faith and do not have a duty to act.
 Fear of Uncertainty:
The Solution: Emphasis is placed on the role of CPR, not merely
on the number sequences. Even if numbers are forgotten, remember to push hard and push fast. The key is to circulate blood with
oxygen to the brain until advanced medical care is available.
 Fear of Hurting a Patient:
The Solution: Patients who are clinically dead can only be helped,
not made worse with resuscitation efforts.
 Fear of Unsafe Scene:
The Solution: Never enter an unsafe scene! Rescuers are no use
to patients if they become patients themselves. A dead rescuer is
no rescuer.
Basic Physiology and CPR Philosophy:
ProNote:
The Chain of Survival
AED
Key Points:




Early Activation of EMS
Early CPR
Early Defibrillation
Early Advanced Care
Providing CPR early after a person collapses keeps a person from going into
biological death. At the moment a per- The earlier these steps take place in an emerson’s heart stops and breathing stops, gency, the better the chance of a patient’s survival.
the condition is called clinical death. A
person has about 4-6 minutes of oxygen in the blood and body tissues. After
10 minutes of no breathing and no circulation, the body goes into biological
death. Brain cells have died. It is rare to revive a person after biological
death has occurred. CPR helps extend this time before biological death occurs, by getting circulating oxygen. CPR is not intended to restart the heart.
Advanced care is needed to get the heart back into a regular rhythm.
 Basic Anatomy & Physiology
The cardiovascular system comprises the heart, arteries, capillaries, and
veins.
a) Heart – consists of four chambers, about the size of your fist, located
under the breastbone. Function of the heart is to pump the blood to
the brain, lungs and body.
b) Lungs – there are two lungs, functions to take in oxygen and release
carbon dioxide.
c) Brain – tells the rest of the body what to do and needs oxygen on a
regular basis. Brain cells will begin to die in 4 to 6 minutes (without
oxygen).
d) Cells – all cells of the body consistently require oxygen to carry out
normal functions. Carbon dioxide is produced as a waste product and
must be eliminated from the body through the lungs.

93

The ProCPR Method
Protect yourself
Safety first! Make sure the scene is safe. Do not enter an unsafe
scene! If it is unsafe, stay at a safe distance and activate EMS
(call 911).
Prepare and apply appropriate personal protective equipment
Respond
Is the scene safe or can the scene be made safe for the rescuer?
Is there a true medical emergency?
Observe signs and symptoms
Shout to the patient first then tap and shout to determine the level
of responsiveness. Ask what happened? Are there any life threatening conditions?
Call
If no response or a life threatening condition exists, activate EMS
(call 911).
Provide proper care
Care for the patient based on present medical conditions.
Relinquish care to the provider of the next level of care
Show video: Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks
Key Points:

Cardiovascular Disease and Heart Attacks
Cardiovascular disease is the number one killer in the United States. The
Center for Disease Control reports that in the United States over 650,000
people die each year from cardiovascular disease.
Controllable risk factors:
 cigarette smoking
 high blood pressure
 obesity
 lack of exercise
 high blood cholesterol levels
 uncontrolled diabetes
 high fat diet
 high stress
94
Uncontrollable risk factors
 Race
 Heredity
 Sex
 Age

Heart Attack
Signs and Symptoms may include
 Chest discomfort/pressure, tightness, may radiate to jaw and arms.
 Nausea
 Sweating
 Shortness of breath
 Denial
 Feeling of weakness
Treatment: Recognize the signs and symptoms of a heart attack, activate
EMS, have patient remain in a position of comfort, offer 1 adult dose aspirin, and keep the patient calm and quiet.
Show video: Stroke
Key Points:

Much like a heart attack, a stroke is a blockage of a vessel. However,
blocked vessel is in the brain. The more time that the stroke is let go, the
more damage occurs to brain tissue.

Signs & Symptoms
 Numbness or weakness of the face, arm or leg, especially on one side
of the body
 Confusion
 Trouble speaking or understanding
 Trouble seeing in one or both eyes
 Trouble walking
 Dizziness
 Loss of balance or coordination
 Severe headache with no known cause
Treatment: Recognize stroke signs and symptoms, activate EMS, check
and correct ABC. Give nothing by mouth. Keep patient calm and reassure. Place patient in recovery position if the patient is unconscious,
breathing effectively, and there is no suspected head neck or back injury.
95
Show video: How to Reduce Your Risk
Show video: Glove Removal and Disposal
Key Points:
Before treating patients you need to know how to use personal protective
equipment properly to prevent contact with potentially infectious body fluids.
 Treat all body fluids as potentially infectious because bloodborne pathogens,
HIV, HBV, and HBC, can be present when blood is not visible to the eye.
 Using personal Protective Equipment
1. Putting Gloves on:
Always use disposable gloves when providing first aid care. If you
have a latex allergy use a latex alternative such as nitrile or vinyl.
Before providing care, make sure the gloves are not ripped or
damaged. You may need to remove rings or other jewelry that
may rip the gloves.
2. Removing Gloves:
Remember to use skin to skin and glove to glove. Pinch the outside wrist of the other gloved hand. Pull the glove off turning the
glove inside-out as you remove it. Hold it in the gloved hand. Use
the bare hand to reach inside the other glove at the wrist to turn it
inside out trapping the other glove inside. Dispose of gloves properly. If you did it correctly, the outside of either glove never
touched your exposed skin.
3. Use a Rescue Mask or Face Shield:
If you have to provide rescue ventilations, use a rescue mask or
face shield that has a one way valve. To prevent exposure, avoid
giving direct mouth to mouth ventilations.

The Chain of Survival
Key Points:

96
The earlier these steps take place in an emergency, the better the chance of
a patient’s survival.





Early Recognition and Activation of EMS
Early CPR
Early Defibrillation
Early Advanced Care
Activating EMS – Call 911
 Send someone to call 911 and tell them to come back. The caller
should give dispatch the patient’s location, what happened, how
many people are injured, and what is being done.

If alone and no one is available PHONE FIRST for adults and get the AED. Return to start
CPR and use the AED.

CARE FIRST for children and infants by providing about 5 cycles or 2 minutes of CPR before activating the emergency response number.

CARE FIRST for all age patients of hypoxic (asphyxial) arrest
(ei., drowning, injury, drug overdose).
97
Show video: Adult CPR
Key Points:

The purpose of CPR is to circulate blood with oxygen in it to
the brain and vital organs. Your focus should be on consistent
smooth compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute,
pressing hard and fast.

Order of skills:
 Check the scene
 Check responsiveness and normal breathing
 Activate EMS
 Give 30 chest Compressions at a rate of at least 100
compressions per minute.
 Open Airway using head tilt chin lift
 Give 2 Breaths lasting 1 second each. Watch for chest
rise and fall.
 Continue cycles of 30 compressions to 2 breaths until
an AED arrives, advanced medical personnel take over,
the patient shows signs of life, the scene becomes unsafe, or you are too exhausted to continue.

ProNotes:
 Infant is under 1
year old
 Child is 1 to onset
of puberty. Approx
12-14 years old.
 Adult is onset of
puberty and older.

Breaths: Watch for
chest rise. Breaths
should last 1 second each. When
chest rises or resistance is felt, stop
the breath.

Compressions:
Push hard and
push fast, and
come up fully allowing the heart to refill. Compressions
for all ages should
be given at a rate of
at least 100 per
minute.
DepthAdult– at least 2”
Child & InfantAt least 1/3 the
depth of the
chest.
 If you are unable or
Hand placement for compressions:
unwilling to give
Adult— Place heel of hand of the dominant hand on
breaths, at least
the center of the chest between the nipples. The
give compressions.
second hand should be placed on top.
Compression only
CPR has been
found to be effective.
.
One Rescuer CPR Skill Session

98
Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students










in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire rescue breathing scenario, step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell
the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as
the scenario is presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to
practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving
positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student skill sheet.
Emphasize CAB: Circulation, Airway, Breathing
 C– means that the rescuer will start compressions when there is no
normal breathing or signs of life.
 A– means that the patient’s airway is opened using a head tilt chin
lift. The airway should be clear and free of any obstructions.
 B– means that the rescuer will give breaths if the patient is not
breathing. Breaths should last 1 second each and make the chest
rise. At any time the air does not go in and make the chest rise, the
rescuer should reposition the head and try again.
Compressions: Consistent and smooth at a rate of at least 100 per minute,
pressing hard and fast. Keep elbows locked and pivot at the waist. Press all
the way down and come all the way back up without lifting off the chest.
Lead students together through the Adult CPR scenario. Use the ProFirstAid Basic Adult CPR skill sheet.
Make sure all students have satisfactorily passed the Adult CPR skills.
99
ProNote:
 An AED should
include a kit containing gloves,
face shield, a cloth
to dry the chest,
and a battery powered beard trimmer or shaver.
Show video: Adult AED
Key Points:














100

It is rare for children and infants to
need an AED. The
majority of cardiac
problems in children are caused
from breathing
difficulties. CPR
and effective rescue breaths are
most important.
AED use for a
child or infant is
considered ages
1month-8 years
old. Use pediatric
pads if available. If
not, use a regular
AED designed for
adults.
AED stands for Automated External Defibrillator
AEDs are designed to shock the heart to stop chaotic
rhythms, usually ventricular fibrillation, in order for the
heart to restart under a normal rhythm. The AED analyzes the heart’s rhythm, advises whether a shock is
advised and then powers up. The operator then pushes
a button that will deliver the shock.
Each minute the defibrillation is delayed the chance of
survival is reduced by 10 percent. After 10 minutes few
people are resuscitated.
Early defibrillation within the first 5-6 minutes increases
survival rates from just CPR alone to greater than 50%.
Rescuers should begin chest compressions as soon as possible, and
use the AED as soon as it is available and ready.
If you are giving CPR to a child or infant, and the available AED does
not have child pads or a way to deliver a smaller dose, use a regular
AED with adult pads. You may need to place one pad on the front
and one pad on the back.
Bare the chest. Dry it off if it is wet. If there is excessive hair you may
need to shave it off.
Turn the machine on first.
Place one pad on the patients upper right chest just below the collarbone and above the nipple. Place the other pad on the patients lower
left ribs below the armpit. **Make sure to follow the directions shown
on the pads for the AED pad placement. Manufactures will vary.
Make sure pads are pressed down firmly. Do not try to lift up and adjust pads or they will not stick. Attach electrode cables now if not preconnected.
Follow the directions the AED gives.
Make sure to shout, “Stand Clear” before pushing the shock button.
The normal cycle is 1 shock, 2 minutes of CPR, 1 shock, 2 minutes of
CPR, etc.
The AED should be kept still while in operation. It is not designed for
movement, such as in a vehicle.






AED Considerations:
Remove a patient from standing water, such as a puddle, before AED
use. Rain, snow, or a wet surface is not a concern.
Patient should be removed from a metal surface if possible.
Slightly adjust pad placement so as not to directly cover the area if
the patient has an obvious bump or scar for a pacemaker.
Remove medication patches found on the patient’s chest with a
gloved hand.
Never remove the pads from the patient or turn off the AED.
AED Skill Session











Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire skill scenario,
step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is
presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide
positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups
giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student skill sheet.
Practice with AED trainer/simulator: never use a real AED for practice
Emphasize turning on the AED first and following the directions it gives.
Lead students together through the Adult AED scenario. Use the ProFirstAid Basic Adult AED skill sheet.
Current guidelines recommend AED with pediatric pads for infants and children. If no pediatric pads are available, adult pads can be used.
101
Show video: Adult Conscious Choking
Key Points:

Conscious Choking is when a victim cannot breath, cough or speak.
 Look into the persons face and Ask, “Are you choking?”
 If not able to breath, cough or speak, Activate EMS
Adult
 The rescuer should stand behind the victim and place one foot
in-between the victims feet and the other foot behind in order
to have a firm stance in case the victim becomes unconscious.
In the case of a child, the rescuer may need to kneel down to
get into the proper position
 Administer abdominal thrusts until the object comes out or the
patient becomes unconscious

Special Circumstances: If the patient is pregnant or too large to
reach around, give chest thrusts.
Conscious Choking Skill Session







102
Arrange students in groups as needed. Tell students you will start the adult
conscious choking scenario. The rescuer should use the manikin to practice.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you will direct them through the skill scenario, step by step.
REMIND STUDENTS: If using partners rather than manikin to practice,
DO NOT ACTUALLY GIVE THRUSTS TO EACH OTHER.
Lead the students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the students to practice on their
own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective
feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student skill sheet.
Use the following Infant CPR skill sheet:
Show video: Adult Unconscious Choking
ProNote:
Unconscious choking
looks just like CPR with
one added step, check
the mouth. If you see
an object sweep it out.
Key Points:
-Unconscious Choking
 Unconscious
 No signs of life. Absent breathing
 Attempted rescue breaths will not go in
Treatment:
 If a conscious choking victim becomes unconscious, carefully lower
person to the ground
 Activate EMS
 Give 30 chest Compressions at a rate of at least 100 compressions
per minute.
 Check the mouth for a foreign body. If something is seen sweep it out
with a finger.
 Open Airway using head tilt chin lift
 Attempt a Breath
 If first breath does not make the chest rise, reposition head and reattempt a breath. If first breath still does not make the chest rise, assume there is a foreign body airway obstruction.
 Repeat 30 chest compressions, checking the mouth, and breathing
attempts
 After first breath goes in and makes the chest rise, give the second
breath
 If still not breathing normally and not moving, continue cycles of 30
chest compressions and 2 breaths.
Unconscious Choking Skill Session

Direct students to the area where the manikins are ready. Arrange students
in groups as needed. Make sure students have the proper supplies. Gloves,
103






104
practice face shields, manikin cleaning supplies, lungs, etc… There should
be no more than 3 students per manikin. Tell students you will start with the
adult manikin and adult scenario.
Provide copies of the evaluator skill sheets for each student to use in class.
Tell students you are going to direct them through the entire skill scenario,
step by step. If you have more than 1 person per manikin, tell the other students to help coach and assist their partners with the skills as the scenario is
presented.
Lead the first set of students, as a group, through the scenario. Provide positive corrective feedback as necessary. Then allow the first set of students to
practice on their own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving
positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
If you have more than 1 person per manikin, disinfect the manikins and lead
the next group of students through the scenario. Provide positive corrective
feedback as necessary. Then allow the second student to practice on his or
her own. Instructors should roam through the groups giving positive corrective feedback as necessary.
After you have watched all of the students perform the skill correctly, check
off their skills on the student checklist.
Show video: Arterial Bleeding
Key Points:

Bleeding
 For all bleeding, remember to use personal protective equipment.
 Capillary bleeding is usually minor unless other injuries exists. Venous bleeding may be severe and potentially life threatening if a large
cut and large blood loss exists. Arterial bleeding should always be
considered severe and life threatening.
 Treatment: Activate EMS if severe bleeding is present, use direct
pressure at the site of the wound using an absorbent pad or gauze.
Do not take off what you have applied. Add more gauze or padding if
necessary. Watch for signs of shock and monitor ABC.
 You may consider using a pressure bandage by wrapping a roller
gauze or elastic bandage around the wound to maintain bleeding control.
 If appears contaminated, irrigate with sterile or clean water. If wound
is minor, wash and apply an antibiotic ointment, then bandage.

Nose Bleeds (Epistaxis)
 Treatment: Pinch nose, tilt the head forward, and apply a cold pack
to bridge of nose.

Evisceration (Disembowlment)
 Treatment: Activate EMS, cover with sterile or clean moist dressing.
Do not attempt to push bowl or organs back into place. Keep patient
warm, care for shock, check and correct ABC.

Amputation
 Treatment: Activate EMS, control bleeding with direct pressure, immobilize partial amputation with bulky dressing. If amputated part can
be found wrap in clean or sterile dressing and place in plastic bag.
Put bag in container of ice and water. Care for shock, check and correct ABC. Do not soak amputated part in water or allow it to freeze by
putting it directly on ice. If teeth are knocked out, avoid handling by
the root end, rinse with water, and store in milk.
105
Show video: Shock
Key Points:
Manage Shock
 Shock is the body’s inability to circulate blood with oxygen to the brain
and vital organs.
 Signs & Symptoms: restlessness, anxiety, dizziness, confusion, cool
moist skin, delayed capillary refill time, and weakness.
 Treatment: Recognize, Activate EMS, keep calm, Nothing to eat or
drink, maintain body heat, raise the legs if no spinal injury or fracture
of the legs. Monitor ABC.
Key Points:
Perform Ongoing Assessments
 Check for and correct conditions which may not be immediately life
threatening but may become so if not corrected.

106
SAMPLE (if time permits) get a sample history and do a “Head to Toe
Survey”
Symptoms
Allergies
Medications
Past Medical History
Last meal eaten
Events leading up to need for help
Look from head to toe for:
Deformities
Contusions
Abrasions
Penetrations
Burns
Tenderness
Moving Patients
Key Points:

In general a rescuer should never move a patient unless it is necessary to provide care or there is a direct danger to the patients life. Remember to protect the patient’s head, neck and back.
 Recovery Position
 Helps keep airway open
 Allows fluid to drain from mouth
 Prevents aspiration
 Extend victim’s arm closest to you above victim’s head
 Place vicim’s leg farthest from you, over his other leg.
 Support head and neck
 Place victim’s arm farthest from you across his chest
 Roll victim towards you
 Position victims top leg so the knee acts as a prop for
the body
 Place victim’s hand under chin to keep airway open

Rescue Moves
 Clothing Drag
Grasp the shirt near the shoulders. Lift up and walk backwards dragging the patient.
 Blanket Drag
Place the patient on blanket or sheet. Grasp at head end,
lift up and walk backwards dragging the patient.
 Extremity drag
If necessary simply drag by holding forearms and pulling.
Use ProCPR Basic Final Test and answer sheets in Appendix D
Administer Written Test




Allow students ample time to complete the test.
Check answers using the answer sheet
Students must have 80% correct to pass the test
Student who fail may be remediated and given a second opportunity to pass the
test. Students who do not pass the second attempt must retake the course
After-course responsibilities:
 Instructor completes student checklist and keeps a copy on file for min. of 2 years.
 Instructor completes online classroom records through instructor dashboard so 107
students will receive certification cards.
108
ProFirstAid Advanced CourseHealthcare Provider Adult, Child, Infant CPR/AED and First Aid
109
ProFirstAid Advanced Instructor Activities:
Course Introduction:
Videos for the ProFirstAid Advanced Course are available
online at: www.advanced.profirstaid.com
and on the ProCPR Instructor DVD for the CPR/AED topics
and on the ProFirstAid Instructor DVD for the First Aid topics
Key Points:

The goal of the ProFirstAid Advanced healthcare provider program is to help
the student gain the knowledge and skills necessary to provide basic life
support in a medical emergency until more advanced help is available.

The techniques you will practice today will cover adult, child, and infant skills
in rescue breathing, 1 person CPR, 2 person CPR, conscious choking, unconscious choking, AED, bag valve mask usage, and First Aid.

The course will combine short video segments, skill practice and demonstration on manikins, and teaching sessions. There will be a written test at the
end. Make sure to pay attention to the key points in each of our activities.

Are there any questions before we begin? (briefly answer any questions)
ProFirstAid Advanced combines Healthcare Provider CPR/AED skills with First Aid.
For the Healthcare Provider CPR/AED portion, use the ProCPR Instructor activities
starting with the Five Fears on page 12 through page 28 and Spinal Injury on page 30.
For the First Aid portion, use the ProFirstAid Instructor activities starting on page 46
through page 57.
For Skills Sessions
Use ProFirstAid Advanced Skills Cover Sheet from Appendix A.
Use all of the ProCPR Skill Sheets from Appendix A.
Use the Bleeding Control scenario from the ProFirstAid Skill Sheet from appendix A.
Use ProFirstAid Advanced Final Test and answer sheets in Appendix D
Administer Written Test




Allow students ample time to complete the test.
Check answers using the answer sheet
Students must have 80% correct to pass the test
Student who fail may be remediated and given a second opportunity to pass the
test. Students who do not pass the second attempt must retake the course
After-course responsibilities:
110
 Instructor completes student checklist and keeps a copy on file for min. of 2 years.
 Instructor completes online classroom records through instructor dashboard so
students will receive certification cards.
111
Appendix A




112
Skill Evaluation Checklists and
Skill Sheets
Skill sheets are meant to be used as a tool for the instructor/evaluator to evaluate
the skills of participants. The instructor/evaluator may need to add more to the
prompt or correct the participant if he or she does an incorrect skill. For example,
the evaluator says, “The patient is not breathing.” The evaluator should not just
stare at the participant until something happens. Rather, the evaluator may need
to say, “What would you do next?”
The object is to get the participant to think critically. The evaluator should be thinking, “Did the participant accomplish the goal of the scenario?” rather than the particular details with each individual skill.
As participants perform skills the evaluator should watch for any errors and provide positive correction right away so the participant can practice the skill correctly.
Instructors/evaluators should allow and direct practice as needed for individuals.
The instructor/evaluator must complete the skill checklist for each participant as
skills are assessed. The instructor/evaluator needs to keep a copy on file of the
completed checklist for each student for a minimum of 2 years.
113
Skill Evaluation Checklist
1-888-406-7487
support@procpr.org
Skill Evaluator Signature: (Sign inside of box)
Registry #________________
Fax or email completed form to:
Fax: 810-592-5007
Email: support@procpr.org
Required Skill Scenarios
Rescue Breathing
Adult or Child CPR
Infant CPR
AED
Adult or Child Conscious Choking
Infant Conscious Choking
Adult or Child Unconscious Choking
Infant Unconscious Choking
Adult 2 rescuer CPR
Infant 2 rescuer CPR
Individual Skills –May be assessed while performed during skill scenarios.
Assessing the scene for safety
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield/Rescue Mask
Bag Valve Mask
Assessing patient responsiveness
Checking for a pulse:
Adult and Child– Carotid Artery
Infant– Brachial Artery
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of the
chest between the nipples.
Child– 1 or 2 hands on the center of
the chest between the nipples.
Infant– 2 fingers on the center of the
chest just below the nipples.
2 Rescuer Infant- 2 thumbs hands
encircling chest technique
Opening the Airway using a head tilt chin lift
Giving rescue breaths:
Adult and Child– Covering mouth
Infant– Covering mouth and nose
Removing a foreign object
114
For Instructors: Passed Written Test 80%
Participant Names– (Please Print)
Date:______________
115
Skill Sheets
ProCPR: Healthcare Provider
Adult, Child, Infant CPR/AED
Required
Skill Scenarios
Individual
Skills
Adult or Child Rescue Breathing
Assessing the scene for safety
Adult or Child CPR
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield
Rescue Mask
Bag Valve Mask
Infant CPR
AED
Adult or Child Conscious Choking
Infant Conscious Choking
Adult or Child Unconscious Choking
Infant Unconscious Choking
Adult 2 rescuer CPR
Infant 2 rescuer CPR
Assessing patient responsiveness
Checking for a pulse:
Adult and Child– Carotid Artery
Infant– Brachial Artery
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of the chest
between the nipples.
Child– 1 or 2 hands on the center of the
chest between the nipples.
Infant– 2 fingers on the center of the
chest just below the nipples.
2 Rescuer Infant- 2 thumbs hands encircling chest technique
Opening the Airway using a head tilt chin lift
Checking for breathing
Giving rescue breaths:
Adult and Child– Covering mouth
Infant– Covering mouth and nose
Removing a foreign object
Adult Rescue Breathing
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing.
A man fell into a pond and was just
pulled out of the water as you arrive.
He appears to be unconscious. What
would you do?
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
Check Pulse:
4
Place fingers in valley between neck
muscle and wind pipe. Check the pulse
for no more than 10 seconds.
Open Airway:
5
If there is a pulse but no breathing, begin Rescue Breathing. Open Airway
using a head tilt chin lift technique.
Look in the mouth for any obstructions.
Rescue Breathing:
6
Give 1 breath every 5 seconds. Each
breath should last 1 second and make
the chest rise and fall. Reassess circulation every two minutes.
NOTE: If unsure a pulse exists, start
CPR. Don’t waste more critical time
searching for a pulse.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Child Rescue Breathing
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing.
Call 911:
3
At the pool, an 8 year old, who appears to be unconscious, is pulled
from the water. What would you do?
NOTE: Child age for rescue
breathing and CPR is age 1 to
puberty (aprrox. 12-14 years old)
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
Check Pulse:
4
Place fingers in valley between neck
muscle and wind pipe. Check the pulse
for no more than 10 seconds.
Open Airway:
5
If there is a pulse but no breathing, begin Rescue Breathing. Open Airway
using a head tilt chin lift technique.
Look in the mouth for any obstructions
Rescue Breathing:
6
Give 1 breath every 3 seconds. Each
breath should last 1 second and make
the chest rise and fall. Reassess circulation every two minutes.
NOTE: If unsure a pulse exists, start
CPR. Don’t waste more critical time
searching for a pulse.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Infant Rescue Breathing
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing.
Call 911:
3
At the pool, an 9 month old, who appears to be unconscious, is pulled
from the water. What would you do?
NOTE: Infant age for rescue
breathing and CPR is less than 1
year old.
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Infant Manikin
Check Pulse:
4
Place fingers on the inside upper arm
to check the brachial pulse. Check the
pulse for no more than 10 seconds.
Open Airway:
5
6
If there is a pulse but no breathing, begin Rescue Breathing. Open Airway
using a head tilt chin lift technique.
Look in the mouth for any obstructions
Rescue Breathing:
Note: Cover infant’s mouth and nose.
Give 1 breath every 3 seconds. Each
breath should last 1 second and make
the chest rise and fall. Reassess circulation every two minutes.
NOTE: If unsure a pulse exists, start
CPR. Don’t waste more critical time
searching for a pulse.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Adult CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing.
You are walking in the park when you
see a man lying on the ground. What
would you do?
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
Check Pulse:
4
Place fingers in valley between neck muscle and wind pipe. Check the pulse for no
more than 10 seconds.
30 Compressions:
5
If no pulse and no normal breathing, begin
CPR. Use 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100/minute, and
at least 2” deep.
Open Airway:
6
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift technique. Look in the mouth for any obstructions.
Give 2 Breaths:
7
Give 2 breaths lasting 1 second each making sure the chest rises and falls with each
breath.
Continue CPR:
8
Give cycles of 30 chest compressions, followed by 2 breaths.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Child CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing.
An 8 year old was riding a bike and
was struck by a vehicle. The child appears to be unconscious and is lying
on the road. What would you do?
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin
Check Pulse:
4
Place fingers in valley between neck muscle and wind pipe. Check the pulse for no
more than 10 seconds.
30 Compressions:
5
If no pulse and no normal breathing, begin
CPR. Use 1 or 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100/minute,
and at least 1/3 the depth of the chest.
Open Airway:
6
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift technique. Look in the mouth for any obstructions.
Give 2 Breaths:
7
Give 2 breaths lasting 1 second each making sure the chest rises and falls with each
breath.
Continue CPR:
8
Give cycles of 30 chest compressions, followed by 2 breaths.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Infant CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing
A neighbor knocks on your door and
asks for help. She states her 6 month
old baby is not waking up. You find
the baby lying in a crib.
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Infant Manikin
Check Pulse:
4
Place fingers on the inside upper arm
to check the brachial pulse. Check the
pulse for no more than 10 seconds.
30 Compressions:
5
If no pulse and no normal breathing, begin
CPR. Use 2 fingers, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100/minute,
and at least 1/3 the depth of the chest.
Open Airway:
6
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift technique. Look in the mouth for any obstructions.
Give 2 Breaths:
7
Give 2 breaths lasting 1 second each making sure the chest rises and falls with each
breath.
Continue CPR:
8
Give cycles of 30 chest compressions, followed by 2 breaths.
Note: Cover infant’s mouth and nose.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
AED
Power on the AED:
1
Check to make sure it is safe to use the
AED. Unsafe conditions include, victim in
water, on metal surface, flammable gas...
Bare the Chest:
2
Follow directions of AED. Dry any wet areas on chest, remove any patches, shave
hair if needed.
Apply Pads:
3
Peel off backing and place pads as the
picture on the pads shows. Press down
firmly to assure pads are securely affixed.
Scenario:
You are performing CPR on a person
when an AED arrives and is ready to
use. What will you do?
Note: For victims 8 years old and
younger, or under 55 lbs, use child
pads. If victim is over 8 or 55 pounds,
use adult pads. Adult pads can be used
if no child sized pads are available.
Make sure the pads do not touch.
Plug in Connector:
4
Follow AED directions. Some AED models
have pre-connected electrodes and will
sense when pads are secure.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin and AED Trainer
Stand Clear:
5
Don’t touch the victim while the AED is
analyzing or charging.
Push Shock Button:
6
7
Shout, “Clear,” and make sure no one is
touching patient.
30 Compressions:
Give 5 cycles of 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions/minute, followed with 2
breaths.
After 2 Minutes:
8
The AED will reanalyze. If AED says, “No
shock advised,” continue CPR if no
signs of life. Follow AED prompts.
Note: Don’t wait. Begin compressions
immediately after the shock is delivered.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Adult or Child Conscious Choking
Check Person:
1
2
Ask, “Are you choking?” If the person cannot cough, speak or breath, he or she is
choking and needs your help.
Scenario:
Call 911:
You are eating a picnic lunch at the
park when a person stands up and
grasps his throat. What would you do?
Send someone to call 911. If no one is
available to call, provide care first.
Stand Behind:
3
Place your foot between the person’s feet
and place your other foot firmly on the
ground beside you.
Note: You will need to kneel down for a
child in order to give effective
abdominal thrusts.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
Position Hands:
4
Find the navel. Tucking in the thumb,
place the thumb side of the fist against
the abdomen, just above the navel.
Give Thrusts:
5
Grasp the back of your fist, give inward
-upward abdominal thrusts until object
is out or person goes unconscious.
When to stop:
The object comes out
The scene becomes unsafe
The person becomes unconscious
(Call 911 and perform unconscious
choking technique in this case)
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Infant Conscious Choking
Check Baby:
1
If the baby cannot cough, cry or breath, he
is choking and needs your help.
Call 911:
2
Scenario:
You are feeding a baby lunch when he
begins to turn blue and cannot cry,
cough or breath. What would you do?
Send someone to call 911. If no one is
available to call, provide care first.
Position Baby:
3
Support the baby’s face with your hand on
the jaw and the baby’s body along your forearm. Place the baby face down.
Required Equipment:
Infant Manikin
Give 5 Back Blows:
4
Holding the baby’s head lower then the
feet, give 5 back blows between the
shoulder blades.
Turn Baby Over:
5
Hold the back of the head. Sandwich
the baby between your forearms and
turn him over.
Give 5 Chest Thrusts:
6
Place fingers on the sternum in the
center of the chest and give 5 thrusts.
Repeat Steps 3 to 5:
7
Keep giving 5 back blows and 5 chest
thrusts until the object comes out or
baby goes unconscious.
When to stop:
The object comes out
The baby becomes unconscious
(Call 911 and perform unconscious
choking technique in this case)
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Adult Unconscious Choking
Position Person:
1
Lower person safely to the ground.
Scenario:
2
Call 911:
If 911 has not been called, send someone
to call 911 and get an AED if available.
You are eating in your favorite
restaurant when a man starts choking.
You perform abdominal thrusts and he
goes unconscious.
30 Compressions:
3
Using 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute, followed by object check.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
Check for Object:
4
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions. If object is seen, do a finger sweep to remove it.
Give a Breath:
5
Open airway and Give a breath. Even
if no object is seen, attempt a breath. If
air goes in give a second breath.
Reposition, Reattempt:
6
If air does not go in, reposition and reattempt a breath. If air still does not go
in, continue compressions.
30 Compressions:
7
Using 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute, followed by object check.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Check for Object:
8
Note: After breaths go in, check pulse, and
If object is seen, do a finger sweep to
remove it. Repeat steps 5-8 until air
goes in and makes chest rise.
continue CPR if the person shows no
signs of life. If there is breathing and
pulse, monitor Airway, Breathing, and
Circulation until EMS arrives.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Child Unconscious Choking
Position Person:
1
Lower person safely to the ground.
Scenario:
2
Call 911:
If 911 has not been called, send someone
to call 911 and get an AED if available.
You are eating in your favorite
restaurant when a child starts choking.
You perform abdominal thrusts and
she goes unconscious.
30 Compressions:
3
Use 1 or 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100/minute, and
at least 1/3 the depth of the chest.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin
Check for Object:
4
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions. If object is seen, do a finger sweep to remove it.
Give a Breath:
5
Open airway and Give a breath. Even
if no object is seen, attempt a breath. If
air goes in give a second breath.
Reposition, Reattempt:
6
If air does not go in, reposition and reattempt a breath. If air still does not go
in, continue compressions.
30 Compressions:
7
Use 1 or 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100/minute, and
at least 1/3 the depth of the chest.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Check for Object:
8
If object is seen, do a finger sweep to
remove it. Repeat steps 5-8 until air
goes in and makes chest rise.
Note: After breaths go in, check pulse, and
continue CPR if the person shows no
signs of life. If there is breathing and
pulse, monitor Airway, Breathing, and
Circulation until EMS arrives.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Infant Unconscious Choking
Position Person:
1
Lay the infant down, supine, on a flat surface.
Scenario:
2
Call 911:
If 911 has not been called, send someone
to call 911 and get an AED if available.
You enter a baby’s room and
notice that several marbles are
scattered around the baby on the
floor. The baby is conscious and
choking. You perform back blows and
chest thrusts. The baby goes
unconscious. What will you do next?
30 Compressions:
3
Use 2 fingers, give 30 chest compressions,
at a rate of at least 100/minute, and at least
1/3 the depth of the chest.
Required Equipment:
Infant Manikin
Check for Object:
4
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions. If object is seen, do a finger sweep to remove it.
Give a Breath:
5
Open airway and Give a breath. Even
if no object is seen, attempt a breath. If
air goes in give a second breath.
Reposition, Reattempt:
6
If air does not go in, reposition and reattempt a breath. If air still does not go
in, continue compressions.
30 Compressions:
7
Use 2 fingers, give 30 chest compressions,
at a rate of at least 100/minute, and at least
1/3 the depth of the chest.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Check for Object:
8
If object is seen, do a finger sweep to
remove it. Repeat steps 5-8 until air
goes in and makes chest rise.
Note: After breaths go in, check pulse, and
continue CPR if the person shows no
signs of life. If there is breathing and
pulse, monitor Airway, Breathing, and
Circulation until EMS arrives.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Adult 2 Person CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting.
You and a coworker are called to the
park for a emergency. You see a man
lying on the ground. What would you
do?
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive and no normal breathing,
send someone to call 911 and get an AED
if available.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin and Bag Valve Mask
Check Pulse:
4
Place fingers in valley between neck muscle and wind pipe. Check the pulse for no
more than 10 seconds.
30 Compressions:
5
Second rescuer will give 30 chest compressions using 2 hands in the center of the
chest.
Open Airway:
6
Note: Use the Bag Valve Mask to give
breaths for this skill scenario.
First rescuer will open Airway using a head
tilt chin lift technique. Look in the mouth for
any obstructions.
When to stop:
Give 2 Breaths:
7
If no breathing, using the bag valve mask,
first rescuer gives 2 breaths lasting 1 second each making sure the chest rises and
falls with each breath.
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Continue and Switch:
8
Continue cycles of 30:2. Every 2 minutes,
compressor calls for switch. At end of 30
compressions, person at head ends with 2
breaths, moves, and starts compressions.
Note: The switch should take no more than
10 seconds. The purpose of 2 person
CPR is to keep the compressor fresh
in order to provide the best consistent
compressions.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Child 2 Person CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting.
You and a coworker are called to a
bike vs. car accident. And 8 year old
child appears to be unconscious and
is lying on the road. What would you
do?
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive and no normal breathing,
send someone to call 911 and get an AED
if available.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin and Bag Valve Mask
Check Pulse:
4
Place fingers in valley between neck muscle and wind pipe. Check the pulse for no
more than 10 seconds.
15 Compressions:
5
Second rescuer will give 15 chest compressions using 1 or 2 hands in the center of
the chest.
Open Airway:
6
Note: Use the Bag Valve Mask to give
breaths for this skill scenario.
First rescuer will open Airway using a head
tilt chin lift technique. Look in the mouth for
any obstructions.
When to stop:
Give 2 Breaths:
7
If no breathing, using the bag valve mask,
first rescuer gives 2 breaths lasting 1 second each making sure the chest rises and
falls with each breath.
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Continue and Switch:
8
Continue cycles of 15:2. Every 2 minutes,
compressor calls for switch. At end of 15
compressions, person at head ends with 2
breaths, moves, and starts compressions.
Note: The switch should take no more than
10 seconds. The purpose of 2 person
CPR is to keep the compressor fresh
in order to provide the best consistent
compressions.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Infant 2 Person CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting.
You and another healthcare worker
respond to a first aid call for a baby.
When you arrive the baby is blue and
does not appear to be moving. What
will you do?
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive and no normal breathing,
send someone to call 911 and get an AED
if available.
Required Equipment:
Infant Manikin and Rescue Mask
Check Pulse:
4
Place fingers on the brachial artery on the
inside of the upper arm. Check the pulse
for no more than 10 seconds.
15 Compressions:
5
Second rescuer will give 15 chest compressions using the 2 thumbs hands encircling
chest technique.
Open Airway:
6
Note: Use the Bag Valve Mask to give
breaths for this skill scenario.
First rescuer will open Airway using a head
tilt chin lift technique. Look in the mouth for
any obstructions.
When to stop:
Give 2 Breaths:
7
If no breathing, using the bag valve mask,
first rescuer gives 2 breaths lasting 1 second each making sure the chest rises and
falls with each breath.
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Continue and Switch:
8
Continue cycles of 15:2. Every 2 minutes,
compressor calls for switch. At end of 15
compressions, person at head ends with 2
breaths, moves, and starts compressions.
Note: The switch should take no more than
10 seconds. The purpose of 2 person
CPR is to keep the compressor fresh
in order to provide the best consistent
compressions.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
132
133
Skill Evaluation Checklist Participant Names– (Please Print)
1-888-406-7487
support@procpr.org
Skill Evaluator Signature: (Sign inside of box)
Registry #________________
Fax or email completed form to:
Fax: 810-592-5007
Email: support@procpr.org
Required Skill Scenarios
Adult or Child CPR
Infant CPR
AED
Adult or Child Conscious Choking
Infant Conscious Choking
Adult or Child Unconscious Choking
Infant Unconscious Choking
Bleeding Control
Individual Skills –May be assessed while performed during skill scenarios.
Assessing the scene for safety
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield/Rescue Mask
Assessing patient responsiveness
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of the
chest between the nipples.
Child– 1 or 2 hands on the center of
the chest between the nipples.
Infant– 2 fingers on the center of the
chest just below the nipples.
Opening the Airway using a head tilt chin lift
Giving rescue breaths:
Adult and Child– Covering mouth
Infant– Covering mouth and nose
Removing a foreign object
For Instructors: Passed Written Test 80%
Date:______________
135
Skill Sheets
ProFirstAid: Layrescuer
Adult, Child, Infant CPR/AED and First Aid
Required
Skill Scenarios
Individual
Skills
Adult or Child CPR
Assessing the scene for safety
Infant CPR
AED
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield
Adult or Child Conscious Choking
Assessing patient responsiveness
Infant Conscious Choking
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of the chest
between the nipples.
Child– 1 or 2 hands on the center of the
chest between the nipples.
Infant– 2 fingers on the center of the
chest just below the nipples.
Adult or Child Unconscious Choking
Infant Unconscious Choking
Bleeding Control
Opening the Airway using a head tilt chin lift
Giving rescue breaths:
Adult and Child– Covering mouth
Infant– Covering mouth and nose
Removing a foreign object
Adult CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing.
You are walking in the park when you
see a man lying on the ground. What
would you do?
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
30 Compressions:
4
Use 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions/minute, at least 2” deep.
Open Airway:
5
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions.
Give 2 Breaths:
6
Give 2 breaths lasting 1 second each
making sure the chest rises and falls
with each breath.
Continue CPR:
7
Give cycles of 30 chest compressions,
followed by 2 breaths.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Child CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing.
At the pool, an 8 year old, who appears to be unconscious, is pulled
from the water. What would you do?
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin
30 Compressions:
4
Use 1 or 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100/minute, and
at least 1/3 the depth of the chest.
Open Airway:
5
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions.
Give 2 Breaths:
6
Give 2 breaths lasting 1 second each
making sure the chest rises and falls
with each breath.
Continue CPR:
7
Give cycles of 30 chest compressions,
followed by 2 breaths.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Infant CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing
A neighbor knocks on your door and
asks for help. She states her 6 month
old baby is not waking up. You find
the baby lying in a crib.
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Infant Manikin
30 Compressions:
4
Use 2 fingers, give 30 chest compressions,
at a rate of at least 100/minute, and at least
1/3 the depth of the chest.
Open Airway:
5
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift technique. Look in the mouth for any obstructions.
Give 2 Breaths:
6
Give 2 breaths lasting 1 second each making sure the chest rises and falls with each
breath.
Note: Cover infant’s mouth and nose.
Continue CPR:
7
Give cycles of 30 chest compressions, followed by 2 breaths.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
AED
Power on the AED:
1
Check to make sure it is safe to use the
AED. Unsafe conditions include, victim in
water, on metal surface, flammable gas...
Scenario:
Bare the Chest:
2
Follow directions of AED. Dry any wet areas on chest, remove any patches, shave
hair if needed.
You are performing CPR on a person
when an AED arrives and is ready to
use. What will you do?
Apply Pads:
3
Peel off backing and place pads as the
picture on the pads shows. Press down
firmly to assure pads are securely affixed.
Plug in Connector:
4
Follow AED directions. Some AED models
have pre-connected electrodes and will
sense when pads are secure.
Note: For victims 8 years old and
younger, or under 55 lbs, use child
pads. If victim is over 8 or 55 pounds,
use adult pads. Adult pads can be used
if no child sized pads are available.
Make sure the pads do not touch.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin and AED Trainer
Stand Clear:
5
Don’t touch the victim while the AED is
analyzing or charging.
Push Shock Button:
6
Shout, “Clear,” and make sure no one is
touching patient.
Give Compressions:
7
Give 5 cycles of 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions/minute, followed with 2
breaths.
After 2 Minutes:
8
The AED will reanalyze. If AED says, “No
shock advised,” continue CPR if no
signs of life. Follow AED prompts.
Note: Don’t wait. Begin compressions
immediately after the shock is delivered.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Adult or Child Conscious Choking
1
Check Person:
Ask, “Are you choking?” If the person cannot cough, speak or breath, he or she is
choking and needs your help.
Call 911:
2
Send someone to call 911. If no one is
available to call, provide care first.
Stand Behind:
3
Place your foot between the person’s feet
and place your other foot firmly on the
ground beside you.
Scenario:
You are eating a picnic lunch at the
park when a person stands up and
grasps his throat. What would you do?
Note: You will need to kneel down for a
child in order to give effective
abdominal thrusts.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin
Position Hands:
4
Find the navel. Tucking in the thumb,
place the thumb side of the fist against
the abdomen, just above the navel.
Give Thrusts:
5
Grasp the back of your fist, give inward
-upward abdominal thrusts until object
is out or person goes unconscious.
When to stop:
The object comes out
The scene becomes unsafe
The person becomes unconscious
(Call 911 and perform unconscious
choking technique in this case)
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Infant Conscious Choking
Check Baby:
1
If the baby cannot cough, cry or breath, he
is choking and needs your help.
Call 911:
2
Scenario:
You are feeding a baby lunch when he
begins to turn blue and cannot cry,
cough or breath. What would you do?
Send someone to call 911. If no one is
available to call, provide care first.
Position Baby:
3
Support the baby’s face with your hand on
the jaw and the baby’s body along your forearm. Place the baby face down.
Required Equipment:
Infant Manikin
Give 5 Back Blows:
4
Holding the baby’s head lower then the
feet, give 5 back blows between the
shoulder blades.
Turn Baby Over:
5
Hold the back of the head. Sandwich
the baby between your forearms and
turn him over.
Give 5 Chest Thrusts:
6
Place fingers on the sternum in the
center of the chest and give 5 thrusts.
Repeat Steps 3 to 5:
7
Keep giving 5 back blows and 5 chest
thrusts until the object comes out or
baby goes unconscious.
When to stop:
The object comes out
The baby becomes unconscious
(Call 911 and perform unconscious
choking technique in this case)
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Adult Unconscious Choking
Position Person:
1
Lower person safely to the ground.
Scenario:
Call 911:
2
If 911 has not been called, send someone
to call 911 and get an AED if available.
You are eating in your favorite
restaurant when a man starts choking.
You perform abdominal thrusts and he
goes unconscious.
30 Compressions:
3
Using 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute, followed by object check.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
Check for Object:
4
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions. If object is seen, do a finger sweep to remove it.
Give a Breath:
5
Open airway and Give a breath. Even
if no object is seen, attempt a breath. If
air goes in give a second breath.
Reposition, Reattempt:
6
If air does not go in, reposition and reattempt a breath. If air still does not go
in, continue compressions.
30 Compressions:
7
Using 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute, followed by object check.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Check for Object:
8
If object is seen, do a finger sweep to
remove it. Repeat steps 5-8 until air
goes in and makes chest rise.
Note: After breaths go in, continue CPR if the
person shows no signs of life. If there
is breathing and movement, monitor
Airway, Breathing, and Circulation until
EMS arrives.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Child Unconscious Choking
Position Person:
1
Lower person safely to the ground.
Scenario:
Call 911:
2
If 911 has not been called, send someone
to call 911 and get an AED if available.
You are eating in your favorite
restaurant when a child starts choking.
You perform abdominal thrusts and
she goes unconscious.
30 Compressions:
3
Use 1 or 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100/minute, and
at least 1/3 the depth of the chest.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin
Check for Object:
4
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions. If object is seen, do a finger sweep to remove it.
Give a Breath:
5
Open airway and Give a breath. Even
if no object is seen, attempt a breath. If
air goes in give a second breath.
Reposition, Reattempt:
6
If air does not go in, reposition and reattempt a breath. If air still does not go
in, continue compressions.
30 Compressions:
7
Use 1 or 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100/minute, and
at least 1/3 the depth of the chest.
Check for Object:
8
If object is seen, do a finger sweep to
remove it. Repeat steps 5-8 until air
goes in and makes chest rise.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Note: After breaths go in, continue CPR if the
person shows no signs of life. If there
is breathing and movement, monitor
Airway, Breathing, and Circulation until
EMS arrives.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Infant Unconscious Choking
Position Person:
1
Lay the infant down, supine, on a flat surface.
Scenario:
Call 911:
2
If 911 has not been called, send someone
to call 911 and get an AED if available.
30 Compressions:
3
You enter a baby’s room and
notice that several marbles are
scattered around the baby on the
floor. The baby is conscious and
choking. You perform back blows and
chest thrusts. The baby goes
unconscious. What will you do next?
Use 2 fingers, give 30 chest compressions,
at a rate of at least 100/minute, and at least
1/3 the depth of the chest.
Required Equipment:
Infant Manikin
Check for Object:
4
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions. If object is seen, do a
finger sweep to remove it.
Give a Breath:
5
Open airway and Give a breath. Even
if no object is seen, attempt a breath. If
air goes in give a second breath.
Reposition, Reattempt:
6
If air does not go in, reposition and reattempt a breath. If air still does not go
in, continue compressions.
30 Compressions:
7
Use 2 fingers, give 30 chest compressions,
at a rate of at least 100/minute, and at least
1/3 the depth of the chest.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Check for Object:
8
If object is seen, do a finger sweep to
remove it. Repeat steps 5-8 until air
goes in and makes chest rise.
Note: After breaths go in, continue CPR if the
person shows no signs of life. If there
is breathing and movement, monitor
Airway, Breathing, and Circulation until
EMS arrives.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Bleeding Control
Check Person:
1
Ask, “I’m trained in first aid, can I help
you?”
Scenario:
2
Call 911:
You are working outside when a
coworker cuts his forearm and blood
is spurting out. What will you do?
Send someone to call 911
Direct Pressure:
3
Required Equipment:
Gauze pads, roller gauze, gloves
Apply gloves. Use gauze or other barrier to
apply direct pressure to site of wound. Elevate if no fracture is suspected.
Pressure Bandage:
4
Apply more dressings if needed and a
pressure bandage.
Recheck:
5
Check for capillary refill, skin color, and
skin temperature to make sure the bandage
is not too tight. Loosen if necessary.
Note: Monitor for signs of shock. If
person show confusion, dizziness,
bluish or grayish skin color, lay the
person down and elevate the legs.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Skill Evaluation Checklist
1-888-406-7487
support@procpr.org
Skill Evaluator Signature: (Sign inside of box)
Registry #________________
Fax or email completed form to:
Fax: 810-592-5007
Email: support@procpr.org
Required Skill Scenarios
Adult CPR
AED
Adult Conscious Choking
Adult Unconscious Choking
Bleeding Control
Individual Skills –May be assessed while performed during skill scenarios.
Assessing the scene for safety
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield/Rescue Mask
Assessing patient responsiveness
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of the
chest between the nipples.
Opening the Airway using a head tilt chin lift
Giving rescue breaths:
Adult– Covering mouth
Removing a foreign object
For Instructors: Passed Written Test 80%
Participant Names– (Please Print)
Date:______________
149
Skill Sheets
ProFirstAid Basic: Layrescuer
Adult CPR/AED and First Aid
Required
Skill Scenarios
Individual
Skills
Adult CPR
Assessing the scene for safety
AED
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield
Adult Conscious Choking
Adult Unconscious Choking
Bleeding Control
Assessing patient responsiveness and breathing
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of the chest
between the nipples.
Opening the Airway using a head tilt chin lift
Giving rescue breaths
Removing a foreign object
Adult CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing.
You are walking in the park when you
see a man lying on the ground. What
would you do?
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
30 Compressions:
4
Use 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions/minute, at least 2” deep.
Open Airway:
5
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions.
Give 2 Breaths:
6
Give 2 breaths lasting 1 second each
making sure the chest rises and falls
with each breath.
Continue CPR:
7
Give cycles of 30 chest compressions,
followed by 2 breaths.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
AED
Power on the AED:
1
Check to make sure it is safe to use the
AED. Unsafe conditions include, victim in
water, on metal surface, flammable gas...
Scenario:
Bare the Chest:
2
Follow directions of AED. Dry any wet areas on chest, remove any patches, shave
hair if needed.
You are performing CPR on a person
when an AED arrives and is ready to
use. What will you do?
Apply Pads:
3
Peel off backing and place pads as the
picture on the pads shows. Press down
firmly to assure pads are securely affixed.
Plug in Connector:
4
Follow AED directions. Some AED models
have pre-connected electrodes and will
sense when pads are secure.
Note: For victims 8 years old and
younger, or under 55 lbs, use child
pads. If victim is over 8 or 55 pounds,
use adult pads. Adult pads can be used
if no child sized pads are available.
Make sure the pads do not touch.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin and AED Trainer
Stand Clear:
5
Don’t touch the victim while the AED is
analyzing or charging.
Push Shock Button:
6
Shout, “Clear,” and make sure no one is
touching patient.
Give Compressions:
7
Give 5 cycles of 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions/minute, followed with 2
breaths.
After 2 Minutes:
8
The AED will reanalyze. If AED says, “No
shock advised,” continue CPR if no
signs of life. Follow AED prompts.
Note: Don’t wait. Begin compressions
immediately after the shock is delivered.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Adult or Child Conscious Choking
1
Check Person:
Ask, “Are you choking?” If the person cannot cough, speak or breath, he or she is
choking and needs your help.
Call 911:
2
Send someone to call 911. If no one is
available to call, provide care first.
Stand Behind:
3
Place your foot between the person’s feet
and place your other foot firmly on the
ground beside you.
Scenario:
You are eating a picnic lunch at the
park when a person stands up and
grasps his throat. What would you do?
Note: You will need to kneel down for a
child in order to give effective
abdominal thrusts.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin
Position Hands:
4
Find the navel. Tucking in the thumb,
place the thumb side of the fist against
the abdomen, just above the navel.
Give Thrusts:
5
Grasp the back of your fist, give inward
-upward abdominal thrusts until object
is out or person goes unconscious.
When to stop:
The object comes out
The scene becomes unsafe
The person becomes unconscious
(Call 911 and perform unconscious
choking technique in this case)
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Adult Unconscious Choking
Position Person:
1
Lower person safely to the ground.
Scenario:
Call 911:
2
If 911 has not been called, send someone
to call 911 and get an AED if available.
You are eating in your favorite
restaurant when a man starts choking.
You perform abdominal thrusts and he
goes unconscious.
30 Compressions:
3
Using 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute, followed by object check.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
Check for Object:
4
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions. If object is seen, do a finger sweep to remove it.
Give a Breath:
5
Open airway and Give a breath. Even
if no object is seen, attempt a breath. If
air goes in give a second breath.
Reposition, Reattempt:
6
If air does not go in, reposition and reattempt a breath. If air still does not go
in, continue compressions.
30 Compressions:
7
Using 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute, followed by object check.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Check for Object:
8
If object is seen, do a finger sweep to
remove it. Repeat steps 5-8 until air
goes in and makes chest rise.
Note: After breaths go in, continue CPR if the
person shows no signs of life. If there
is breathing and movement, monitor
Airway, Breathing, and Circulation until
EMS arrives.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Bleeding Control
Check Person:
1
Ask, “I’m trained in first aid, can I help
you?”
Scenario:
2
Call 911:
You are working outside when a
coworker cuts his forearm and blood
is spurting out. What will you do?
Send someone to call 911
Direct Pressure:
3
Required Equipment:
Gauze pads, roller gauze, gloves
Apply gloves. Use gauze or other barrier to
apply direct pressure to site of wound. Elevate if no fracture is suspected.
Pressure Bandage:
4
Apply more dressings if needed and a
pressure bandage.
Recheck:
5
Check for capillary refill, skin color, and
skin temperature to make sure the bandage
is not too tight. Loosen if necessary.
Note: Monitor for signs of shock. If
person show confusion, dizziness,
bluish or grayish skin color, lay the
person down and elevate the legs.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Skill Evaluation Checklist Participant Names– (Please Print)
1-888-406-7487
support@procpr.org
Skill Evaluator Signature: (Sign inside of box)
Registry #________________
Fax or email completed form to:
Fax: 810-592-5007
Email: support@procpr.org
Required Skill Scenarios
Adult CPR
AED
Adult Conscious Choking
Adult Unconscious Choking
Individual Skills –May be assessed while performed during skill scenarios.
Assessing the scene for safety
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield/Rescue Mask
Assessing patient responsiveness
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of the
chest between the nipples.
Opening the Airway using a head tilt chin lift
Giving rescue breaths:
Adult– Covering mouth
Removing a foreign object
For Instructors: Passed Written Test 80%
Date:______________
157
Skill Sheets
ProCPR Basic: Layrescuer
Adult CPR/AED
Individual
Skills
Required
Skill Scenarios
Adult CPR
Assessing the scene for safety
AED
Adult Conscious Choking
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield
Adult Unconscious Choking
Assessing patient responsiveness and breathing
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of the chest
between the nipples.
Opening the Airway using a head tilt chin lift
Giving rescue breaths
Removing a foreign object
Adult CPR
Check Scene:
1
Check for safety, apply gloves and prepare
face shield.
Scenario:
Check Person:
2
Check for responsiveness by holding head
still, tapping and shouting. Look at chest
and face to determine no normal breathing.
You are walking in the park when you
see a man lying on the ground. What
would you do?
Call 911:
3
If unresponsive or a life-threatening condition exists, send someone to call 911 and
get an AED if available.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
30 Compressions:
4
Use 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions/minute, at least 2” deep.
Open Airway:
5
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions.
Give 2 Breaths:
6
Give 2 breaths lasting 1 second each
making sure the chest rises and falls
with each breath.
Continue CPR:
7
Give cycles of 30 chest compressions,
followed by 2 breaths.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
An AED is ready to use
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
AED
Power on the AED:
1
Check to make sure it is safe to use the
AED. Unsafe conditions include, victim in
water, on metal surface, flammable gas...
Scenario:
Bare the Chest:
2
Follow directions of AED. Dry any wet areas on chest, remove any patches, shave
hair if needed.
You are performing CPR on a person
when an AED arrives and is ready to
use. What will you do?
Apply Pads:
3
Peel off backing and place pads as the
picture on the pads shows. Press down
firmly to assure pads are securely affixed.
Plug in Connector:
4
Follow AED directions. Some AED models
have pre-connected electrodes and will
sense when pads are secure.
Note: For victims 8 years old and
younger, or under 55 lbs, use child
pads. If victim is over 8 or 55 pounds,
use adult pads. Adult pads can be used
if no child sized pads are available.
Make sure the pads do not touch.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin and AED Trainer
Stand Clear:
5
Don’t touch the victim while the AED is
analyzing or charging.
Push Shock Button:
6
Shout, “Clear,” and make sure no one is
touching patient.
Give Compressions:
7
Give 5 cycles of 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions/minute, followed with 2
breaths.
After 2 Minutes:
8
The AED will reanalyze. If AED says, “No
shock advised,” continue CPR if no
signs of life. Follow AED prompts.
Note: Don’t wait. Begin compressions
immediately after the shock is delivered.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Conscious Choking
1
Check Person:
Ask, “Are you choking?” If the person cannot cough, speak or breath, he or she is
choking and needs your help.
Call 911:
2
Send someone to call 911. If no one is
available to call, provide care first.
Stand Behind:
3
Place your foot between the person’s feet
and place your other foot firmly on the
ground beside you.
Scenario:
You are eating a picnic lunch at the
park when a person stands up and
grasps his throat. What would you do?
Note: You will need to kneel down for a
child in order to give effective
abdominal thrusts.
Required Equipment:
Adult/Child Manikin
Position Hands:
4
Find the navel. Tucking in the thumb,
place the thumb side of the fist against
the abdomen, just above the navel.
Give Thrusts:
5
Grasp the back of your fist, give inward
-upward abdominal thrusts until object
is out or person goes unconscious.
When to stop:
The object comes out
The scene becomes unsafe
The person becomes unconscious
(Call 911 and perform unconscious
choking technique in this case)
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
Unconscious Choking
1
Position Person:
Lower person safely to the ground.
Scenario:
2
Call 911:
If 911 has not been called, send someone
to call 911 and get an AED if available.
You are eating in your favorite
restaurant when a man starts choking.
You perform abdominal thrusts and he
goes unconscious.
30 Compressions:
3
4
Using 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute, followed by object check.
Required Equipment:
Adult Manikin
Check for Object:
Open Airway using a head tilt chin lift
technique. Look in the mouth for any
obstructions. If object is seen, do a finger sweep to remove it.
Give a Breath:
5
Open airway and Give a breath. Even
if no object is seen, attempt a breath. If
air goes in give a second breath.
Reposition, Reattempt:
6
If air does not go in, reposition and reattempt a breath. If air still does not go
in, continue compressions.
30 Compressions:
7
Using 2 hands, give 30 chest compressions, at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute, followed by object check.
When to stop:
If the patient shows signs of life
Trained personnel or EMS take over
The scene becomes unsafe
The rescuer is too exhausted to
continue
Check for Object:
8
If object is seen, do a finger sweep to
remove it. Repeat steps 5-8 until air
goes in and makes chest rise.
Note: After breaths go in, continue CPR if the
person shows no signs of life. If there
is breathing and movement, monitor
Airway, Breathing, and Circulation until
EMS arrives.
Follows 2010 ECC/ILCOR and American Heart Association Guidelines
163
Skill Evaluation Checklist Participant Names– (Please Print)
1-888-406-7487
support@procpr.org
Skill Evaluator Signature: (Sign inside of box)
Registry #________________
Fax or email completed form to:
Fax: 810-592-5007
Email: support@procpr.org
Required Skill Scenarios
Adult or Child Rescue Breathing
Adult or Child CPR
Infant CPR
AED
Adult or Child Conscious Choking
Infant Conscious Choking
Adult or Child Unconscious Choking
Infant Unconscious Choking
Adult 2 rescuer CPR
Infant 2 rescuer CPR
Bleeding Control
Individual Skills –May be assessed while performed during skill scenarios.
Assessing the scene for safety
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield/Rescue Mask
Bag Valve Mask
Assessing patient responsiveness
Checking for a pulse:
Adult and Child– Carotid Artery
Infant– Brachial Artery
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of the
chest between the nipples.
Child– 1 or 2 hands on the center of
the chest between the nipples.
Infant– 2 fingers on the center of the
chest just below the nipples.
2 Rescuer Infant- 2 thumbs hands
encircling chest technique
Opening the Airway using a head tilt chin lift
Giving rescue breaths:
Adult and Child– Covering mouth
Infant– Covering mouth and nose
Removing a foreign object
For Instructors: Passed Written Test 80%
Date:______________
165
ProFirstAid Advanced CourseHealthcare Provider Adult, Child, Infant CPR/AED and First Aid
Use All ProCPR Skill Sheets and One ProFirstAid Skill Sheet, Bleeding Control
Required
Skill Scenarios
Individual
Skills
Adult or Child Rescue Breathing
Assessing the scene for safety
Adult or Child CPR
Using personal protective equipment:
Gloves
Face Shield
Rescue Mask
Bag Valve Mask
Infant CPR
AED
Adult or Child Conscious Choking
Infant Conscious Choking
Adult or Child Unconscious Choking
Infant Unconscious Choking
Adult 2 rescuer CPR
Infant 2 rescuer CPR
Bleeding Control
Assessing patient responsiveness
Checking for a pulse:
Adult and Child– Carotid Artery
Infant– Brachial Artery
Giving Compressions:
Adult- 2 hands on the center of the chest
between the nipples.
Child– 1 or 2 hands on the center of the
chest between the nipples.
Infant– 2 fingers on the center of the
chest just below the nipples.
2 Rescuer Infant- 2 thumbs hands encircling chest technique
Opening the Airway using a head tilt chin lift
Checking for breathing
Giving rescue breaths:
Adult and Child– Covering mouth
Infant– Covering mouth and nose
Removing a foreign object
Appendix B-
168
Blended Course Information and
Skill Evaluator Training Facts
169
Who needs the “Blended Course?”
1. Individuals who are getting certified for the first time
2. Individuals who have been informed by their company or licensing administration that they
must have a hands-on skill evaluation
What is the “Blended Course?”
All training and written testing is completed online at www.procpr.org or www.profirstaid.com.
Skills are then practiced and evaluated in-person by a registered ProTrainings Instructor/Skill
Evaluator.
How Can I become a Skill Evaluator?
Bridge from another program or get trained by ProTrainings:
Current certified CPR instructors can complete the application and upload, fax, or email a copy
of their instructor credentials to become a skill evaluator.
If not currently certified as an instructor you will need to complete the online skill evaluator
training and a live video conference for the hands-on portion. The amount of training time is
dependant upon the participant’s skills and training experience. You will need the following in
order to complete the video conference:
1. A computer with a high speed internet connection. (Please verify that you have the
minimum requirements for GoToMeeting HD Faces before scheduling your training. If
your work facility does not have these minimum requirements, often someone's home,
library or community center may be available as an alternative to conduct the training.)
 Administrative rights in order to use GoToMeeting HD Faces on the computer
 Unrestricted Internet high-speed broadband connection with a sustained 1 Mbps
bandwidth or higher
 Speakers and microphone – built-in or separate, or a computer headset.
 A high definition webcam. (We can supply the webcam if you do not have one.)
2. An uninterrupted block of time for a live video-conference.
3. CPR manikins and training equipment required for the course you are completing.
(Please see our pricelist for what we have available.)
ProTrainings LLC, 5005 Plainfield Ave NE Suite B, Grand Rapids, MI 49525
1-888-406-7487
support@protrainings.com
How Do the ProTrainings Blended Courses Work?
Register at
www.procpr.org or
www.profirstaid.com
Online Training
Pass online test
with 80% or better
A currently certified CPR Instructor from
another recognized agency can register as a
new skill evaluator and submits instructor
credentials via fax, email, or upload. The instructor may then complete the student’s skill
evaluation. The instructor can pay the fee to
become publicly listed. However, no payment
is required to simply be registered as a skill
evaluator. Download form:
http://downloads.protrainings.com/skillevalapp.pdf
Purchase
certificate
Print temporary
certificate and skill
evaluation checklist
If skill evaluator is registered,
he or she conduct’s the student’s skill
evaluation
Individuals who are not currently certified
CPR instructors can be trained to become
an instructor or skill evaluator by starting at
www.proskilleval.com. He or she will register
and must complete the blended skill evaluator/instructor training, including a hands-on
session, before conducting a student’s skill
evaluation.
If skill evaluator is not registered,
he or she completes registration process
prior to administering evaluation
ProTrainings, LLC verifies
credentials or trains evaluator
Newly registered evaluator
conducts skill evaluation.
Skill evaluator uses online
dashboard or faxes checklist to
ProTrainings, LLC
Certification is complete. Skill evaluation
verification is attached to student’s record.
Certification card is mailed to student
and is available to print.
ProTrainings, LLC., 5005 Plainfield Ave NE Suite B, Grand Rapids, MI 49525 1-888-406-7487 support@protrainings.com
www.protrainings.com
ProTrainings, LLC. Skill Evaluator/Instructor Application and Agreement
Fax or email completed form to ProTrainings, LLC. Fax: 810-592-5007 Email: support@protrainings.com
ProTrainings LLC, 5005 Plainfield Ave NE Suite B, Grand Rapids, MI 49525
Personal Information:
First Name___________________________ Middle Initial ______ Last Name______________________________
Home Address______________________________________________________________ PO Box___________
City___________________________________________________ State_________ Zip_____________________
Home Phone______________________________________ Cell Phone_________________________________
Email_________________________________________________
Company Information: (Complete only if becoming a skill evaluator for a company or employer)
Organization___________________________________________ Title__________________________________
Street Address______________________________________________________________ PO Box___________
City___________________________________________________ State__________ Zip____________________
Work Phone_____________________________________ Fax_________________________________________
Please check the correct boxes:
Training:
I have a current CPR instructor certification– Fax or email a copy of the front and back of your certification
with this application. After certification is verified a ProTrainings registry # will be issued.
I do not have a current CPR instructor certification– Call or email to schedule Skill Evaluator training. The
training is completed through a blended program of online training and a live personal video
conference for skills assessment.
Equipment: Skill evaluators must own or have access to the required equipment to perform skill evaluations
I have the following required equipment available to perform skill evaluations:
Adult Manikin
Infant Manikin
AED Trainer
Bag Valve Mask
I do not have all of the required equipment. I need to purchase the following equipment:
Adult Manikin
**ProTrainings has high quality training equipment in stock available to
Infant Manikin
purchase at discounted prices. For a complete pricelist, please call or email.
AED Trainer
Bag Valve Mask
Availability:
I would like my information posted on www.blendedcpr.com so ProTrainings students in my area can be directed
to me for skill evaluations. The cost is a $49.95 one time charge. Please send check, call to charge to a credit
card, or register and pay online at www.blendedcpr.com.
I will charge students $________ to perform a skill evaluation (Average is $20. ProTrainings allows a maximum of $50)
I will not charge for skill evaluations. (This is the normal choice for one who is already being paid by an employer
and will only provide skill evaluations for other employees)
I do not want my information made public.
I agree to abide by the evaluator/instructor agreement as established by ProTrainings LLC.
_______________________________
Evaluator/Instructor Applicant’s Signature
_____________________________
Printed Name
ProTrainings LLC, 5005 Plainfield Ave NE Suite B, Grand Rapids, MI 49525
(888) 406-7487
_____________
Date
support@protrainings.com
ProTrainings LLC Skill Evaluator/Instructor Agreement
As a ProTrainings Evaluator/Instructor, I agree to:
 Follow all the current policies, regulations and procedures of ProTrainings related to the conduct and administration of skill evaluations









Maintain updated contact information and regular communication with ProTrainings
Assist ProTrainings in resolving issues that may arise with participants
Accept evaluation of responsibilities by ProTrainings staff
Maintain a safe environment and proper equipment necessary for skill evaluations
Provide honest and fair skill evaluations for participants
Conduct the complete evaluation requirements for each participant and provide appropriate information to participants for the completion of
their certification.
Recognize that ProTrainings materials are copyrighted and may be reproduced only with the permission of ProTrainings
Recognize that this Agreement remains in effect as long as the evaluator’s requirements for authorization are maintained with ProTrainings
I acknowledge that failure to follow agreements, policies, regulations and procedures related to the conduct and administration of ProTrainings may result in the immediate revocation of registration, terminating the ability to evaluate skills for participants to receive certification from
ProTrainings.
No Evaluator shall:
 Authorize the use of the name, logo, endorsement, services, or property of ProTrainings , without the express permission of ProTrainings .




Charge any fees or seek financial gain for services relating to ProTrainings above the skill evaluation fee.
Disclose any confidential information that is available solely as a result of the affiliation with ProTrainings to any person not authorized to
receive such information.
Operate in any manner that is contrary to the best interest of ProTrainings .
Operate against the best interests of ProTrainings where a conflict exists. If the interests of any organization in which he or she has a financial interest or with which he or she is affiliated conflicts, the Instructor shall disclose such conflict to ProTrainings as soon as he or she becomes aware of it.
ProTrainings is committed to providing the following for evaluators:
 Technical support and open communication






Training, course curriculum and access to training materials
Information and materials needed to properly evaluate skills and assist participants through the process of obtaining their certifications
Maintain Evaluator and participant records
Provide timely updates and information to Evaluators
Provide a quality assurance program
Assure that students receive their certification card who properly register online and successfully complete skill evaluation.
As a condition for using the ProTrainings , LLC Web based training and internet-based information products herein and/or maintaining an
information access account, you expressly accept, without limitation or modification, the following conditions, terms, and notices:
The information included on the ProTrainings , LLC web based education is provided on an "as is," "as available" basis. Information provided is obtained from sources deemed to be reliable. ProTrainings , LLC disclaims all warranties, either express or implied, including the warranties
of accuracy, timeliness, completeness, adequacy, non-infringement, merchantability, fitness for any particular purpose, or the results to be obtained
from use of such information. This disclaimer of liability applies to any warranty for information, data, services, or products provided through or in
connection with the website.
Discussion on this site of certain non-profit organizations and their programs are provided as general information only and are not intended
to provide medical legal, medical advice or legal advice. Under no circumstance is the information contained herein to be used or considered as an
official form of treatment. In addition, the information available on our Web site is posted for informational purposes only.
Neither ProTrainings , LLC, nor any of its employees, agents, successors, assigns, affiliates, or content or service providers shall be liable
to you or other third parties for any loss, injury, claim, liability, or damage of any kind (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and lost profits,
opportunities or savings) resulting from, arising out of or any way related to:
(a) any errors in, inaccuracies, omissions, or other defects in authenticity of the information, including but not limited to content, technical inaccuracies
and typographical errors, or
(b) any failure of performance, error, omission, interruption, deletion, defect, delay in operation or transmission, computer virus, communication line
failure, theft or destruction or unauthorized access to, alteration of, or use of record, whether for breach of contract, tortuous behavior, negligence, or
under any other cause of action.
ProTrainings , LLC reserves the right to change any information on this Web Site including but not limited to revising and/or deleting features or other information without prior notice. The content presented at this Site may vary depending upon your browser limitations.
Clicking on certain links within this Web Site might take you to other web sites for which we assume no responsibility of any kind. Accordingly, ProTrainings , LLC expressly disclaims any responsibility for the content of these other Web sites, the accuracy of the information on these
Web sites or the quality of products or services provided by the organizations that maintain them. The existence of such links should not be construed
as a recommendation, endorsement, approval or verification by ProTrainings , LLC of any content available on third party sites. ProTrainings , LLC
reserves the right to require written consent for, or request the removal of, any links to our Web site.
You are responsible for maintaining the confidentiality of your account and password (where applicable). You are fully responsible for all
activities that occur using your account or password. Please notify ProTrainings , LLC immediately of any unauthorized use of your account or password or any other breach of security. ProTrainings , LLC will not be liable for any loss that you may incur as a result of someone else using your
password or account, either with or without your knowledge. You may not use anyone else's password at any time.
ProTrainings , LLC is the owner of the information on this Web Site including but not limited to any screens appearing at the Site. ProTrainings , LLC does not grant any license or other authorization to any user of its trademarks, registered trademarks, service marks, or other copyrightable material or other intellectual property, by placing them on this Web Site.
Insubstantial portions of information from this Web Site may be included in memoranda, reports and presentations, but only if such memoranda, reports and presentations are distributed or otherwise made available in non-electronic form, to a limited number of individuals. You must
attribute the information to ProTrainings , LLC in all such memoranda, reports and presentations. All other usage, in part or whole, must include copyright notices from ProTrainings , LLC with the phrase "Reprinted with permission from ProTrainings , LLC (http://www.protrainings.com)". You may
not post any content from this Web Site to newsgroups, mail lists or electronic bulletin boards, without the prior written consent of ProTrainings , LLC.
ProTrainings, LLC., 5005 Plainfield Ave NE Suite B, Grand Rapids, MI 49525
(888) 406-7487
support@protrainings.com
ProTrainings, LLC Skill Evaluator Training Facts
Description:
The ProTrainings, LLC Skill Evaluator training is designed to prepare individuals to conduct hands-on skill evaluations for students who complete the blended course online for
ProCPR and ProFirstAid courses.
Purpose:
ProTrainings, LLC skill evaluator certification provides individuals with the skills, tools,
and knowledge to successfully evaluate student’s CPR and First Aid skills. Upon successful completion, Evaluators can mark students passed according to their level of
training.
Course Design:
Prerequisite:
 Must have a current ProTrainings, LLC student/provider level certificate or
equivalent that is equal to the skill level of desired skill evaluator certificate.
Skill Evaluator Training: Individuals begin training at www.proskilleval.com
 Total time: 4-8 hours
 Includes a blended combination of online training, live skills demonstration,
practice teaching and skill assessment. The time for the online portion is dependent on the level of certification desired and individual student needs.
 Skill Evaluator Bridge– Submit a current equivalent CPR/FirstAid instructor
certification from a recognized organization to be bridged to be a ProTrainings, LLC Instructor. Instructors should complete the ProTrainings student/
provider level training for the equivalent instructor level of certification.
Certificate Awarded:
There are three levels of ProTrainings, LLC certified Skill Evaluators:
 ProCPR Skill Evaluator–Can evaluate skills for ProCPR, ProFirstAid
Advanced, ProFirstAid, and ProFirstAid Basic, ProCPR Basic
 ProFirstAid Skill Evaluator-Can evaluate skills for ProFirstAid and ProFirstAid Basic, ProCPR Basic
 ProFirstAid Basic Evaluator– Can evaluate skills for ProFirstAid Basic,
ProCPR Basic
Each skill evaluator certificate is valid for 2 years. Skill Evaluators must complete
a minimum of 2 skill evaluations before expiration date and complete all updates
as required in order to renew the certification. Also one can submit a current
equivalent instructor certification from another recognized organization for skill
evaluator certificate renewal.
ProTrainings, LLC Blended Courses
Blended Course (Active for a 2 year period): An individual completes cognitive
training and testing online by watching video segments, completing activities, and
passing a written test. A hands-on skills session for skills practice and evaluation by a
registered ProTrainings, LLC Instructor or Skill Evaluator is required to complete the
certification process.
Certification
Accredited 2 Year Certification
ProCPR:
Healthcare Provider
Adult/Child/& Infant CPR/AED
2 year certification
Format
Training URL
Blended
Online training, testing,
& required hands-on
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 45 min www.procpr.org
ProFirstAid Advanced
Online training, testing,
Healthcare Provider Adult/Child/ & & required hands-on
Infant CPR/AED & First Aid
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 45 min www.advanced.profirstaid.com
2 year certification
ProFirstAid:
Adult/Child/ & Infant CPR/AED
& First Aid
2 year certification
Online training, testing,
& required hands-on
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 30 min www.profirstaid.com
ProFirstAid Basic:
Adult CPR/AED & First Aid
2 year certification
Online training, testing,
& required hands-on
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 20 min www.basic.profirstaid.com
ProCPR Basic:
Adult CPR/AED
2 year certification
Online training, testing,
& required hands-on
skill evaluation
Skill Eval Length: 15 min www.adult.procpr.org
Skill Evaluator Materials
Skill evaluators will need the following materials:
 Skill Sheets for the appropriate certification level
 Student Checklists for the appropriate certification level
 Required manikins and equipment for the appropriate certification level
176
Appendix C- Quality Assurance
Quality assurance is a top priority for ProTrainings, LLC. In order to ensure quality
training programs that comply with the most current training standards, a ProTrainings
Review Committee exists. The ProTrainings Review Committee is made up of experienced ProTrainings, LLC staff members and other training professionals. Primary responsibilities include:
 Evaluating and endorsing Instructor Trainers
 Ensuring medical and educational integrity of ProTrainings programs
 Curriculum writing
 Assuring compliance with the most current training requirements and standards
 Following up allegations of serious quality assurance problems
 Ensuring customer satisfaction
 Monitoring Instructors/Evaluators
 Making certain that Instructors/Evaluators comply with published guidelines
and administrative aspects of ProTrainings, LLC programs
Some of the tools used to carry out quality assurance for Instructor/Evaluators are:
 Weekly email video reminders to keep Instructor/Evaluator skills fresh
 Student course evaluations
 Periodic Instructor/Evaluator training updates
 Electronic record keeping and data tracking
 Easily accessible published training and student materials
ProTrainings Course Evaluation
Your feedback is important as it helps us to improve the quality of our training programs.
Please rate the following statements:
Date Course Completed:___________
Instructor/Skill Evaluator Name___________________________
Organization of the activity:
 I am satisfied with the training I received.

I am satisfied with how the course was organized.
Effectiveness of the Instructor/Skill Evaluator:
 The instructor presented the information clearly.

The instructor helped me to learn the information.

The instructor presented the information professionally.
My questions were answered appropriately.

Quality of Teaching Methods:
 I am satisfied with the length and quantity of the
training videos.
 I feel the training videos were high quality.



I feel the testing accurately reflected the training
received.
I am satisfied with all of the training materials
used.
I am satisfied with the training format.
Effectiveness of Skills Practice and Evaluation:
 I was able to complete my skill practice and
evaluation in a timely manner.
 The instructor/skill evaluator had all the necessary
equipment and it was in good order.
 I received appropriate feedback from the instructor/skill evaluator.
 The instructor/skill evaluator was professional and
fair.
Strongly
Disagree
Disagree
Neutral
Agree
Strongly
Agree
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
Please Share Any Additional Comments:
ProTrainings, LLC., 5005 Plainfield Ave NE Suite B, Grand Rapids, MI 49525
Phone: 1-888-406-7487 Fax: 810-592-5007
Email: support@protrainings.com
180
Appendix D-
Written Tests
181
182
ProCPR Written Test
ANSWER KEY
Location of ProCPR training material
Video:
Student Manual: Instructor Manual:
1)
A
Five Fears
pg 2
pg 12-13
2)
B
Adult CPR
pg 10-13
pg 20-21
3)
A
Adult CPR
pg 10-13
pg 20-21
4)
D
Adult CPR
pg 10-13
pg 20-21
5)
A
Infant CPR
pg 10-13
pg 20-21
6)
B
Infant CPR 2 person
pg 20-21
pg 25-28
7)
C
Adult CPR 2 person
pg 20-21
pg 25-28
8)
B
Child rescue breathing
pg 20-21
pg 17-19
9)
D
Child CPR
pg 10-13
pg 20-21
10)
C
Adult Rescue Breathing
pg 20-21
pg 17-19
11)
C
Adult AED
pg 14-16
pg 22-23
12)
C
Adult Conscious Choking
pg 17
pg 24
13)
B
Adult Unconscious Choking
pg 18-19
pg 25-26
14)
C
Child Conscious Choking
pg 17
pg 24
15)
C
Child Unconscious Choking
pg 18-19
pg 25-26
16)
D
Infant Conscious Choking
pg 17
pg 24
17)
D
Infant Unconscious Choking pg 18-19
pg 25-26
18)
C
Adult Bag Valve Mask
pg 22
pg 27
19)
C
Adult Bag Valve Mask
pg 22
pg 27
20)
D
Heart Attacks
pg 5-6
pg 14-15
183
184
ProCPR Written Test Answer Sheet
ProCPR Written Test Answer Sheet
Name:______________________ Date:________
Name:______________________ Date:________
1. _______
1. _______
2. _______
2. _______
3. _______
3. _______
4. _______
4. _______
5. _______
5. _______
6. _______
6. _______
7. _______
7. _______
8. _______
8. _______
9. _______
9. _______
10. _______
10. _______
11. _______
11. _______
12. _______
12. _______
13. _______
13. _______
14. _______
14. _______
15. _______
15. _______
16. _______
16. _______
17. _______
17. _______
18. _______
18. _______
19. _______
19. _______
20. _______
20. _______
185
186
ProCPR (Healthcare Provider Adult, Child, Infant CPR/AED and First Aid) Test
Please do not write on the test. Select the best answer for each question. Write the letter of your
choice on the answer sheet.
Question 1
You are driving down the road when the car in front of you hits a pedestrian. As you slam on the brakes
and your car comes to a stop, you see a man lying in the middle of the road about 30 feet away in front of
the car that hit him. Other people are staring and trying to see what happened. What should you do?
a. Make sure the scene is safe, ensure personal protection, check the patient for responsiveness,
then call 911
b. Stay away because you might get some kind of disease from the man if he's
c. Let somebody else help because you don't want to take a chance on doing something wrong and
hurting the man
d. Drive on by because you don't want to get sued for doing anything incorrectly
Question 2
You are on the scene of a car vs. pedestrian accident, and all traffic is now stopped. There do not appear
to be any other obvious dangers. You check the person for responsiveness and look at the chest for
movement. The person does not respond or appear to be breathing normally. You now send a bystander
to call 911. What is your next action?
a. Give two breaths immediately
b. Check for a pulse
c. Open the victim's airway, and then look, listen, and feel for
d. Start chest compressions
Question 3
You are on the scene of a car vs. pedestrian accident and all traffic is now stopped. The scene is safe.
You have checked for responsiveness, did not see normal breathing, and called 911. You check for a carotid pulse on one side of the neck and you do not feel it. What is your next action?
a. Start chest compressions
b. Check for a pulse on the radial artery
c. Check for a carotid pulse on the other side of the
d. Check for a pulse on the brachial artery
Question 4
Your patient is not breathing normally and you do not feel a pulse. How would you perform CPR?
a. Start CPR by giving 30 compressions to 1 breath at a rate of 100 compressions per minute
b. Start CPR by giving 15 compressions to 2 breaths at a rate of 100 per minute
c. Start CPR by giving 15 compressions to 1 breath at a rate of 100 per minute
d. Start CPR by giving 30 compressions to 2 breaths at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute
Question 5
A neighbor knocks on your door and asks for help. She states that her 6 month old baby is not responsive. You find the baby lying face up in the crib. The scene is safe. You tap the baby's feet and rub the
chest to check for responsiveness. There is no response and the baby does not appear to be breathing
normally. You send the mom to call 911. You check the pulse on the brachial artery and do not feel a
pulse. What is your next action?
a. Start CPR by giving 30 compressions to 2 breaths at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute using 2 fingers on the center of the chest
b. Start CPR by giving 15 compressions to 2 breaths at a rate of 100 per minute using 2 fingers on
the center of the chest
c. Open the airway and give 2 breaths before starting compressions
d. Look, listen, and feel for breathing to make sure that the baby is not breathing before starting CPR
Question 6
You have been been performing CPR by yourself on an infant for a few minutes. A neighbor arrives and
says she knows 2 person CPR. What will you do?
a. Have the second rescuer take over breaths. You will give 30 compressions using the 2 thumbs
hands encircling chest technique and she will give 2 breaths
b. Have the second rescuer take over compressions. She will give 15 compressions using the 2
thumbs hands encircling chest technique and you will give 2 breaths.
c. Tell the second rescuer to wait until you get tired. When you are exhausted, tell her to take over
d. Tell her that she can't legally help you unless she has a current CPR certification
Question 7
You are performing CPR compressions and a coworker is giving breaths for an adult patient. What will you
do after about 5 cycles of 30 compressions to 2 breaths or when you feel tired?
a. Tell your coworker that you will need to switch soon. Have the second rescuer continue breaths
while you continue compressions for 5 more cycles before switching positions.
b. Tell your coworker take over compressions immediately. You will give some breaths after your coworker finishes 30 compressions.
c. Call for a switch and complete your 30 compressions. Your coworker will finish with 2 breaths, move
into position, and give 30 chest compressions. After the 30 compressions, you will give 2 breaths.
d. Tell your coworker to take over CPR while you rest for a few cycles of 30 compressions to 2 breaths
Question 8
You are walking in a park when you see an 8-year-old child lying face up near a swing. There is no one
around to help you, you do not have a cell phone, the scene is safe, and the child is unresponsive and does
not appear to be breathing normally. What is your next action?
a. Leave the child to go call 911 immediately. After calling 911, come back and perform CPR
b. Give care for 2 minutes before going to call 911
c. Yell for help very loudly until somebody hears you.
d. Give care until somebody shows up to help you, no matter how long it takes. Then, send the person
to call 911
Question 9
You are performing rescue breathing on the child. After 2 minutes, you stop to check the pulse and do not
feel a pulse. What should you do now?
a. Continue rescue breathing by giving 1 breath every 3 seconds
b. Double check the breathing and pulse for another 10 to 15 seconds
c. Place the child in the recovery position
d. 30 chest compressions by placing the heel of one hand directly on the center of the chest
Question 10
You have an adult who was just pulled out of a pool after drowning. You have checked the scene for safety,
checked for responsiveness, did not see normal breathing, and called 911. What will indicate that you need
to perform rescue breathing at a rate of 1 breath every 5 seconds?
a. The person begins to move and gag
b. You check for breathing and find no breathing
c. You check the pulse. The victim is not breathing but has a pulse.
d. You check the pulse and find no pulse
Question 11
You are helping a victim of sudden cardiac arrest and a bystander approaches with an AED. What would
prevent you, the rescuer, from using an AED?
a. Bystander says not to use the AED because the patient does not want to be revived
b. The AED looks confusing and is not the one you were certified with
c. The victim is lying in a puddle of water and you are unable to move the victim at this time
d. You are afraid that the AED might shock the patient
Question 12
You are at a restaurant with a friend when you see a commotion at the next table. A person is standing at
the side of his table and looks panicked. He is gagging and leaning over with his hands on the table. He
does not appear to be coughing or speaking. The scene is safe and you move toward the person. What is
the first thing you should do?
a. Slap the person on the back 10 times and then call 911
b. Lay the person on the floor and begin doing CPR compressions on the chest
c. Ask the person if he is choking and wait to see if he is able to respond verbally
d. Assume the person is having a heart attack and call 911
Question 13
While you are performing abdominal thrusts on a conscious adult who appears to be choking, he suddenly
becomes limp and unconscious. You help him to the ground and protect his head. The next steps in order
of care would be:
a. Call 911, open the airway and check for breathing. If no breathing, attempt two breaths. If breaths
do not go in, reposition the head and try again. If the air still does not go in, give 30 chest compressions.
b. Call 911, do a blind finger sweep, and give breaths. If the breaths do not go in, immediately begin
doing chest compressions.
c. Begin compressions for at least 2 minutes and, if still needed, call 911
d. Call 911 and begin chest compressions
Question 14
Your child is having a birthday party and some of the kids want to see who can fit the most grapes in their
mouth at one time. One of the 8-year-old children begins choking on a grape. After some forceful coughing, she becomes silent with some gagging sounds but cannot move air in and out by herself. What would
your next action be?
a. Begin chest thrusts and continue until the object comes out
b. Look in the mouth. If you see the object, sweep it out with your smallest finger
c. Ask the child if she is okay. If she is unable to speak or breathe, begin abdominal thrusts until the
object comes out or she becomes unconscious.
d. Simply assure the child she is okay, call 911, and wait for help to arrive
Question 15
You are performing abdominal thrusts on a conscious child. She suddenly becomes unconscious and you
lower her to the ground. You call 911 and give 30 chest compressions. You check the mouth and don't
see any obvious object that could be swept clear. You open the airway and attempt a rescue breath . No
air will go in. What steps of action come next?
a. Perform a finger sweep inside the mouth to remove the object
b. Start rescue breathing, 1 breath every 3 seconds, until the air finally starts to go in
c. Reposition the airway and try another breath.
d. Provide continuous chest compressions until help arrives
Question 16
You hear someone pounding on your door. You open the door and find your neighbor panicked and holding her 6-month-old boy. The baby is awake but turning blue around the mouth and nose, looks sleepy,
and does not appear to be breathing. The parent says that the child was playing with older children and
may have placed a marble in his mouth. What should you do next?
a. Take the child and begin CPR compressions while holding him in your arms. If the object does not
come out, give back blows and chest thrusts.
b. Take the child and attempt two rescue breaths. If they don't go in, try two more rescue breaths.
c. Send someone to call 911. Look in the child's mouth. If you see an object, remove it. Try CPR for
two minutes followed with a finger sweep.
d. Send someone to call 911. Position the baby on your arm with his head down and begin 5 back
blows/back slaps followed by 5 chest thrusts.
Question 17
A choking infant becomes unconscious. You send someone to call 911 and lay the baby down. You look
in his mouth for an object and do not see anything in the back of his throat. Choose the correct series of
next steps to help this infant.
a. Attempt rescue breaths until you see the chest rise and fall
b. Attempt two breaths. If air does not go in, reposition the airway and try again. If the air still does
not go in, begin 30 chest compressions.
c. Perform back blows and chest thrusts until the ambulance arrives
d. Begin chest compressions
Question 18
You and a coworker are performing 2-person CPR on an adult victim, and you are about to give breaths
with a bag valve mask. The single most important thing to remember when using a bag valve mask is:
a. Oxygen is always used with a bag valve mask(BVM)
b. The mask must be an exact size and fit the patient perfectly in order to provide adequate ventilation
c. Bag valve mask use should be effective and cause good chest rise and fall
d. Bag valve mask seal is performed with the C 3 method
Question 19
As you attempt to give breaths to your patient using a bag valve mask, air is coming out of the sides of the
mask and the chest is not rising. You know you need to get a better mask seal. A helpful method for getting the bag valve mask to seal on a patient's face is to:
a. Use all your force to hold the mask onto the patient's face
b. Push the mask down onto the patient's face with both hands and squeeze the bag somehow
c. Use the C - E method of sealing the mask to the patient's face and pull the patient's face into the
mask
d. Apply an adhesive to the bottom of the face mask and then seal it to the patient's face
Question 20
You are called to help a 48-year-old male who has shortness of breath, is sweating, and has pressure
across the top of his chest. He says that he has been feeling this way for the last hour. He has no history
of heart problems and is not taking any medications. What do you suspect is wrong, and what should you
do next?
a. Stroke. Lay the person down and call 911. Monitor his airway, breathing, and circulation
b. Indigestion. Give the person some antacid and check to see how he feels in 15 minutes
c. No medical problem. Tell the person to rest and see if he feels better in about half an hour
d. Heart attack. Call 911, assist him to the position of comfort, offer him a non-coated aspirin, and
monitor
191
ProFirstAid Written Test
ANSWER KEY
1)
A
2)
A
3)
C
4)
B
5)
C
6)
A
7)
D
8)
D
9)
C
10) D
11) B
12) B
13) D
14) C
15) B
16) A
17) A
18) A
19) C
20) D
21) D
22) B
23) D
24) B
25) B
26) B
27) A
28) D
29) C
30) C
31) D
32) A
33) C
34) B
192
35) C
ProFirstAid Written Test Answer Sheet
ProFirstAid Written Test Answer Sheet
Name:______________________ Date:________
Name:______________________ Date:________
1. _______
1. _______
2. _______
2. _______
3. _______
3. _______
4. _______
4. _______
5. _______
5. _______
6. _______
6. _______
7. _______
7. _______
8. _______
8. _______
9. _______
9. _______
10. _______
10. _______
11. _______
11. _______
12. _______
12. _______
13. _______
13. _______
14. _______
14. _______
15. _______
15. _______
16. _______
16. _______
17. _______
17. _______
18. _______
18. _______
19. _______
19. _______
20. _______
20. _______
21. _______
21. _______
22. _______
22. _______
23. _______
23. _______
24. _______
24. _______
25. _______
25. _______
26. _______
26. _______
27. _______
27. _______
28. _______
28. _______
29. _______
29. _______
30. _______
30. _______
31. _______
31. _______
32. _______
32. _______
33. _______
33. _______
34. _______
34. _______
35. _______
35. _______
193
194
ProFirstAid (Layrescuer Adult, Child, Infant CPR/AED and First Aid) Test
Please do not write on the test. Select the best answer for each question. Write the letter of your
choice on the answer sheet.
Question 1
What is one of the five fears that prevents people from performing CPR?
a.
The fear of doing CPR incorrectly and hurting the patient
b.
The fear that a reward will not be given
c.
The fear of the unknown
d.
The fear that people in cardiac arrest are better off left alone
Question 2
You are walking in the park when you hear somebody scream. As you look in the direction of the sound,
you see a person lying on the ground about 30 feet away. What is the first thing you should do?
a. Stop and check the scene for safety
b. Stay away because you might get sued if you try to help
c. Quickly go to the injured person to see what is wrong
d. Tap and shout to see if the person is responsive
Question 3
There is a man lying on the ground and the scene is safe. You have approached, put on your personal
protective equipment, and are kneeling beside him. What should you do now?
a. Be careful not to touch the person because of contagious diseases
b. Call 911
c. Tap and shout to check for responsiveness
d. Open the airway
Question 4
You have checked the man for responsiveness by tapping and shouting, he is unresponsive, and does not
appear to be breathing normally. What should you do next?
a. Be very careful not to move any part of his body because you might hurt him
b. Send someone to call 911
c. Open the airway
d. Give two breaths
Question 5
You have checked the man for responsiveness by tapping and shouting, he is unresponsive, and not
breathing normally. A bystander is calling 911. What is your next action?
a. Place him in the recovery position
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Give Chest Compressions
d. Give two breaths
Question 6
You gave 30 chest compressions. What is your next action?
a. Give two breaths
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Do a finger sweep
d. Look, listen, and feel for breathing
Question 7
You have just given 30 chest compressions followed by 2 breaths to an unresponsive man. What is your
next action?
a. Give two breaths
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Reposition the airway
d. Give 30 chest compressions
Question 8
How will you perform CPR on an unresponsive man with no signs of life?
a. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 80 per minute, followed by 1 breath
b. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 80 per minute, followed by 2 breaths
c. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute, followed by 1 breath
d. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute, followed by 2 breaths
Question 9
You are kneeling at the side of an unresponsive man who does not appear to be breathing normally. You
have called 911. You do not have personal protective equipment available and do not feel comfortable
giving breaths.How will you perform effective CPR?
a. Give breaths anyway. Without breaths CPR is totally ineffective.
b. Use a piece of paper towel over the mouth to protect yourself
c. Give hands-only (compression-only) CPR
d. Wait for EMS personnel to arrive
Question 10
What is the preferred method for performing 1-rescuer CPR on an infant?
a.
Use the heel of one hand to give chest compressions 1/3 to 1/2 the depth of the
chest
b.
Use two hands to give chest compressions 1/3 to 1/2 the depth of the chest
c.
Use the "2 thumbs, hands encircling the chest" technique
d.
Use two fingers of one hand to give chest compressions at least 1/3 the depth of
the chest
Question 11
What is the preferred method for performing 1-rescuer CPR on a child?
a.
Always use two hands to give chest compressions 1/3 to 1/2 the depth of the chest
b.
Use the heel of one hand to give chest compressions at least 1/3 the depth of the
chest
c.
Use the heel of one hand to give chest compressions at least 2 1/2 inches deep
d.
Use the heel of one hand to give chest compressions as deep as you can
Question 12
You are eating lunch in a restaurant and a woman suddenly drops to the floor behind you. The scene is
safe, so you approach and check for responsiveness. She is unresponsive and not breathing normally.
You call 911. Next, you give 30 compressions, check the mouth for an object, and attempt a breath . The
breath does not go in and the chest does not rise. What is your next action?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Give abdominal thrusts
Reposition the head and reattempt a breath
Perform a finger sweep
Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
Question 13
After you reposition the head of the unresponsive woman and attempt another breath , the breath still
will not go in, and the chest will not rise. What is your next action?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Give abdominal thrusts
Reposition the head and reattempt 2 breaths
Perform a finger sweep
Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute
Question 14
Video: Adult Unconscious Choking
You just gave 30 chest compressions to the unconscious, choking woman. What is your next action?
a. Give abdominal thrusts
b. Immediately attempt 2 breaths
c. Perform a finger sweep if you see an object in the mouth
d. Give another set of 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
Question 15
Video: Adult Unconscious Choking
You performed a finger sweep for the unconscious, choking woman, and pulled an object out of her
mouth. What is your next action?
a. Give abdominal thrusts
b. Attempt a breath. If it goes in, give a second breath
c. Place the person in the recovery position
d. Give another set of 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
Question 16
Video: Adult Conscious Choking
As you are eating in a restaurant, your friend stands up and cannot cough, speak or breathe. What is
your next action?
a. Call 911, stand behind the person, and give abdominal thrusts
b. Call 911 and give 30 chest thrusts
c. Encourage the person to try harder to cough
d. Lay the victim down and give 30 chest compressions
Question 17
Video: Conscious Infant Choking
You believe an infant is choking because he is conscious but not breathing, coughing, or moving air. You
should:
a. Give 5 back blows followed by 5 chest thrusts and repeat until the object comes out or the
baby becomes unconscious
b. Give abdominal thrusts and repeat until the object comes out or the baby becomes unconscious
c. Try to sweep the object out of the mouth with your pinky finger
d. Give continuous back slaps until the object comes out
Question 18
Video: Unconscious Infant Choking (skip unconscious child choking)
You tried to give the first breath to an unconscious choking infant, but the air did not go in. You repositioned the head and reattempted another breath . The air still did not go in or make the chest rise. What
should you do next?
a. Give 30 chest compressions using 2 fingers in the center of the chest
b. Call 911, keep him comfortable, and monitor airway, breathing, and circulation until help
arrives
c. Perform a finger sweep to get the object out
d. Give 5 back blows followed by 5 chest thrusts
Question 19
Video: Unconscious Infant Choking (skip unconscious child choking)
You just finished doing 30 chest compressions on an unconscious choking infant. What should you do
next?
a. Give another 30 chest compressions using 2 fingers in the center of the chest
b. Immediately perform a finger sweep using your index finger
c. Check the airway and perform a finger sweep if there is an object
d. Give 5 back blows followed by 5 chest thrusts
Question 20
A coworker has a severe headache, slurred speech, and weakness on the left side of her body. What
medical emergency do you suspect?
a.
Seizure
b.
Diabetic emergency
c.
Heart attack
d.
Stroke
Question 21
A 48-year-old male is experiencing shortness of breath, sweating, and crushing pain in his chest. He
states that he has not been feeling well for the past hour. What medical emergency do you suspect?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Stroke
Flu
Diabetic emergency
Heart attack
Question 22
A fellow employee was struck in the nose by a wrench. Blood is on the tool and the floor. How should you
protect yourself to properly clean up the blood?
a.
Use a sterile gauze to wipe off the tool and the floor
b.
Wear proper personal protective equipment
c.
Just be careful not to touch the fluids with your hands
d.
Call for a professional cleaning service
Question 23
While performing CPR at your job, blood gets in your mouth. What should you do next?
a.
Report the incident to your supervisor and go to the doctor after your shift is over
b.
Rinse out your mouth with water for a minimum of 20 minutes
c.
Rinse out your mouth with mouthwash, which will kill all the germs
d.
Decontaminate, report the incident, and do not delay medical evaluation
Question 24
A man cut his forearm and is bleeding severely. Blood is spurting out of the wound with each heartbeat.
What should you do?
a.
Apply a pressure bandage immediately
b.
Use direct pressure on the wound and apply a pressure bandage
c.
Lower the wound below the level of the heart, then wrap a pressure bandage
around it
d.
Apply a tourniquet as soon as possible
Question 25
You have applied direct pressure and a pressure bandage to a man who cut his forearm and was bleeding severely. He is pale, has moist skin, feels dizzy, and is acting confused. What medical emergency do
you suspect, and how should you treat the victim?
a.
Heart attack: keep him calm until the ambulance arrives
b.
Shock: elevate the legs and keep him warm
c.
Diabetic emergency: give him something sweet to eat
d.
Stroke: monitor his airway, breathing, and circulation
Question 26
You have a victim that is unconscious and breathing without any obvious injuries that need immediate
treatment. You have called 911. How would you begin a secondary survey to find fractures, bleeding, and
other injuries that are not obvious on initial inspection?
a.
Start with the arms to find problems with muscle control
b.
Start at the head, making sure the airway is open
c.
Start at the legs, making sure there is movement
d.
Start at the chest, making sure no ribs are broken
Question 27
A coworker fell down to the ground and used his arm to stop the fall. He tried using his hand to stand up
and noticed severe pain in his right wrist. There is swelling, and he is unable to move his wrist, so you
suspect a fracture. How should you treat this injury?
a.
Check for serious illness or injury that may have caused the fall. Stabilize the injured part to avoid movement.
b.
Make sure there is not a compound fracture by pressing on the injured area. If
there is a great deal of pain, apply a splint.
c.
Tell the coworker to hold onto the wrist tightly while you assist him to the nearest
place for medical treatment
d.
Apply a splint immediately. Straighten any deformed areas before applying the
splint.
Question 28
A person fell from a 10-foot ladder onto a sidewalk. The person is unresponsive. You suspect a potential
head, neck, or back injury. What should be your first actions?
a.
Call 911 and check for other potential fractures in the ribs, arms, and legs
b.
Send someone to call 911 and use something to splint the neck area
c.
Splint the spine, check for fractures, and call 911
d.
Minimize movement, call 911, and check airway, breathing, and circulation (signs of
life)
Question 29
You notice a man having what appears to be a seizure. What should you do to help this person?
a.
Call 911 and hold the man down to stop him from convulsing
b.
Shove a stick, comb or wallet into the man's mouth so he doesn't swallow his
tongue
c.
Call 911 and protect the person from injury
d.
Send someone to call 911 and get the man's mouth open any way you can
Question 30
Choose the one item listed that you would NOT give to a person who is experiencing a diabetic emergency?
a.
Glucose gel
b.
Sugar
c.
Insulin
d.
Juice
Question 31
A three-inch-long, toothpick-sized piece of wood is stuck in a coworker's right eye. How would you treat
the injury?
a. Pack gauze tightly around the wood so it cannot move. Then, use roller gauze to wrap both
eyes to apply pressure.
b. Loosely wrap gauze around the injured eye
c. Place an eye pad over the injured eye and tape it down snugly
d. Place a cup over the object in the injured eye and cover both eyes
Question 32
A person ate a candy bar containing peanuts about 15 minutes ago and has the following symptoms: difficulty breathing, blotchy skin, and swelling around the lips. What do you suspect?
a.
An allergic reaction
b.
A diabetic reaction
c.
A stroke
d.
Choking
Question 33
A coworker was working for several hours outside where the temperature was 42 degrees Fahrenheit. He is shivering, confused, and dressed inappropriately for the temperature. What do you believe this
person is suffering from?
a.
Stroke
b.
Hyperthermia
c.
Hypothermia
d.
Heart problems
Question 34
A 48-year-old male was working on a construction site on a very hot and humid day. He staggers to your
vehicle and tells you that he is dizzy, his legs are cramping, and he feels sick. He is sweating, and his skin
feels hot and wet. What would you suspect?
a.
Heart attack
b.
Heat exhaustion
c.
Heat stroke
d.
Diabetic emergency
Question 35
Which of the following is the appropriate treatment for a person with a suspected second-degree (blister)
burn on her forearm?
a.
Wrap the burned area snugly with a roller gauze to cover it
b.
Cool the burn by holding ice directly on the skin
c.
Cool the burn by applying cool water
d.
Smear large amounts of butter or olive oil all over the burn
201
ProFirstAid Basic Written Test
ANSWER KEY
1)
A
2)
A
3)
C
4)
B
5)
C
6)
A
7)
D
8)
D
9)
C
10) B
11) D
12) C
13) B
14) A
15) D
16) D
17) B
18) D
19) B
20) B
21) B
22) A
23) D
24) C
25) C
26) D
27) A
28) C
29) B
30) C
202
203
204
ProFirstAid Basic Written Test Answer Sheet
ProFirstAid Basic Written Test Answer Sheet
Name:______________________ Date:________
Name:______________________ Date:________
1. _______
1. _______
2. _______
2. _______
3. _______
3. _______
4. _______
4. _______
5. _______
5. _______
6. _______
6. _______
7. _______
7. _______
8. _______
8. _______
9. _______
9. _______
10. _______
10. _______
11. _______
11. _______
12. _______
12. _______
13. _______
13. _______
14. _______
14. _______
15. _______
15. _______
16. _______
16. _______
17. _______
17. _______
18. _______
18. _______
19. _______
19. _______
20. _______
20. _______
21. _______
21. _______
22. _______
22. _______
23. _______
23. _______
24. _______
24. _______
25. _______
25. _______
26. _______
26. _______
27. _______
27. _______
28. _______
28. _______
29. _______
29. _______
30. _______
30. _______
205
ProFirstAid Basic (Adult CPR/AED and First Aid) Test
Please do not write on the test. Select the best answer for each question. Write the letter of
your choice on the answer sheet.
Question 1
What is one of the five fears that prevents people from performing CPR?
a. The fear of doing CPR incorrectly and hurting the patient
b. The fear that a reward will not be given
c. The fear of the unknown
d. The fear that people in cardiac arrest are better off left alone
Question 2
You are walking in the park when you hear somebody scream. As you look in the direction of the
sound, you see a person lying on the ground about 30 feet away. What is the first thing you should
do?
a. Stop and check the scene for safety
b. Stay away because you might get sued if you try to help
c. Quickly go to the injured person to see what is wrong
d. Tap and shout to see if the person is responsive
Question 3
There is a man lying on the ground and the scene is safe. You have approached, put on your
personal protective equipment, and are kneeling beside him. What should you do now?
a. Be careful not to touch the person because of contagious diseases
b. Call 911
c. Tap and shout to check for responsiveness
d. Open the airway
Question 4
You have checked the man for responsiveness by tapping and shouting, and he is unresponsive. As
you look at the face and chest, he does not appear to be breathing normally. What should you do
next?
a. Be very careful not to move any part of his body because you might hurt him
b. Send someone to call 911
c. Open the airway
d. Give two breaths
Question 5
A bystander is calling 911. What is your next action?
a. Place him in the recovery position
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Start Chest Compressions
d. Give two breaths
Question 6
You gave 30 chest compressions to an unresponsive man. What is your next action?
a. Open the airway and give two breaths
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Do a finger sweep
d. Look, listen, and feel for breathing
207
Question 7
You have just given 30 chest compressions followed by 2 breaths to an unresponsive man. What is
your next action?
a. Give two more breaths
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Reposition the airway
d. Give 30 chest compressions
Question 8
How will you perform CPR on an unresponsive man with no signs of life?
a. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 80 per minute, followed by 1 breath
b. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 80 per minute, followed by 2
breaths
c. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute, followed
by 1 breath
d. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute, followed
by 2 breaths
Question 9
You are kneeling at the side of an unresponsive man who does not appear to be breathing normally.
You have called 911. You do not have personal protective equipment available and do not feel
comfortable giving breaths. How will you perform effective CPR?
a. Give breaths anyway. Without breaths CPR is totally ineffective.
b. Use a piece of paper towel over the mouth to protect yourself
c. Give hands-only (compression-only) CPR
d. Wait for EMS personnel to arrive
Question 10
You are eating lunch in a restaurant and a woman suddenly drops to the floor behind you. The scene
is safe, so you approach and check for responsiveness. She is unresponsive and not breathing
normally. You call 911. Next, you give 30 compressions, check the mouth for an object, and attempt a
breaths. The breath does not go in, and the chest does not rise. What is your next action?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Give abdominal thrusts
Reposition the head and reattempt a breath
Perform a finger sweep
Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
Question 11
After you reposition the head of the unresponsive woman and attempt another breath , the
breath still will not go in, and the chest will not rise. What is your next action?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Give abdominal thrusts
Reposition the head and reattempt 2 breaths
Perform a finger sweep
Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute
Question 12
You just gave 30 chest compressions to the unconscious, choking woman. What is your next action?
a. Give abdominal thrusts
b. Immediately attempt 2 breaths
c. Perform a finger sweep if you see an object in the mouth
d. Give another set of 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
208
Question 13
You performed a finger sweep for the unconscious, choking woman, and pulled an object out of her
mouth. What is your next action?
a. Give abdominal thrusts
b. Attempt 2 breaths
c. Place the person in the recovery position
d. Give another set of 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
Question 14
As you are eating in a restaurant, your friend stands up and cannot cough, speak or breathe. What is
your next action?
a. Call 911, stand behind the person, and give abdominal thrusts
b. Call 911 and give 30 chest thrusts
c. Encourage the person to try harder to cough
d. Lay the victim down and give 30 chest compressions
Question 15
A coworker has a severe headache, slurred speech, and weakness on the left side of her body. What
medical emergency do you suspect?
a.
Seizure
b.
Diabetic emergency
c.
Heart attack
d.
Stroke
Question 16
A 48-year-old male is experiencing shortness of breath, sweating, and crushing pain in his chest. He
states that he has not been feeling well for the past hour. What medical emergency do you suspect?
a.
Stroke
b.
Flu
c.
Diabetic emergency
d.
Heart attack
Question 17
A fellow employee was struck in the nose by a wrench. Blood is on the tool and the floor. How should
you protect yourself to properly clean up the blood?
a.
Use a sterile gauze to wipe off the tool and the floor
b.
Wear proper personal protective equipment
c.
Just be careful not to touch the fluids with your hands.
d.
Call for a professional cleaning service
Question 18
While performing CPR at your job, blood gets in your mouth. What should you do next?
a.
Report the incident to your supervisor and go to the doctor after your shift
is over
b.
Rinse out your mouth with water for a minimum of 20 minutes
c.
Rinse out your mouth with mouthwash, which will kill all the germs
d.
Decontaminate, report the incident, and do not delay medical evaluation
Question 19
A man cut his forearm and is bleeding severely. Blood is spurting out of the wound with each
heartbeat. What should you do?
a.
Apply a pressure bandage immediately
b.
Use direct pressure on the wound and apply a pressure bandage
c.
Lower the wound below the level of the heart, then wrap a pressure
bandage around it
d.
Apply a tourniquet as soon as possible
209
Question 20
You have applied direct pressure and a pressure bandage to a man who cut his forearm and was
bleeding severely. He is pale, has moist skin, feels dizzy, and is acting confused. What medical
emergency do you suspect, and how should you treat the victim?
a.
Heart attack: keep him calm until the ambulance arrives
b.
Shock: elevate the legs and keep him warm
c.
Diabetic emergency: give him something sweet to eat
d.
Stroke: monitor his airway, breathing, and circulation
Question 21
You have a victim that is unconscious and breathing without any obvious injuries that need immediate
treatment. You have called 911. How would you begin a secondary survey to find fractures, bleeding,
and other injuries that are not obvious on initial inspection?
a. Start with the arms to find problems with muscle control
b. Start at the head, making sure the airway is open
c. Start at the legs, making sure there is movement
d. Start at the chest, making sure no ribs are broken
Question 22
A coworker fell down to the ground and used his arm to stop the fall. He tried using his hand to stand
up and noticed severe pain in his right wrist. There is swelling, and he is unable to move his wrist, so
you suspect a fracture. How should you treat this injury?
a.
Check for serious illness or injury that may have caused the fall. Stabilize
the injured part to avoid movement.
b.
Make sure there is not a compound fracture by pressing on the injured
area. If there is a great deal of pain, apply a splint.
c.
Tell the coworker to hold onto the wrist tightly while you assist him to the
nearest place for medical treatment
d.
Apply a splint immediately. Straighten any deformed areas before applying
the splint.
Question 23
A person fell from a 10-foot ladder onto a sidewalk. The person is unresponsive. You suspect a
potential head, neck, or back injury. What should be your first actions?
a.
Call 911 and check for other potential fractures in the ribs, arms, and legs
b.
Send someone to call 911 and use something to splint the neck area
c.
Splint the spine, check for fractures, and call 911
d.
Minimize movement, call 911, and check airway, breathing, and
circulation (signs of life)
Question 24
You notice a man having what appears to be a seizure. What should you do to help this person?
a. Call 911 and hold the man down to stop him from convulsing
b. Shove a stick, comb or wallet into the man's mouth so he doesn't swallow
his tongue
c.
Call 911 and protect the person from injury. After the seizure stops, check
airway, breathing, and circulation (signs of life).
d.
Send someone to call 911 and get the man's mouth open any way you can
Question 25
Choose the one item listed that you would not give to a person who is experiencing a diabetic
emergency?
a.
Glucose gel
b.
Sugar
210
c.
Insulin
d.
Juice
Question 26
A three-inch-long, toothpick-sized piece of wood is stuck in a coworker's right eye. How would you
treat the injury?
a. Pack gauze tightly around the wood so it cannot move. Then, use roller
gauze to wrap both eyes to apply pressure.
b. Loosely wrap gauze around the injured eye
c. Place an eye pad over the injured eye and tape it down snugly
d. Place a cup over the object in the injured eye and cover both eyes
Question 27
A person ate a candy bar containing peanuts about 15 minutes ago and has the following symptoms:
difficulty breathing, blotchy skin, and swelling around the lips. What do you suspect?
a.
An allergic reaction
b.
A diabetic reaction
c.
A stroke
d.
Choking
Question 28
A coworker was working for several hours outside where the temperature was 42 degrees
Fahrenheit. He is shivering, confused, and dressed inappropriately for the temperature. What do you
believe this person is suffering from?
a.
Stroke
b.
Hyperthermia
c.
Hypothermia
d.
Heart problems
Question 29
A 48-year-old male was working on a construction site on a very hot and humid day. He staggers to
your vehicle and tells you that he is dizzy, his legs are cramping, and he feels sick. He is sweating,
and his skin feels hot and wet. What would you suspect?
a.
Heart attack
b.
Heat exhaustion
c.
Heat stroke
d.
Diabetic emergency
Question 30
Which of the following is the appropriate treatment for a person with a suspected second-degree
(blister) burn on her forearm?
a.
Wrap the burned area snugly with a roller gauze to cover it
b.
Cool the burn by holding ice directly on the skin
c.
Cool the burn by applying cool water
d.
Smear large amounts of butter or olive oil all over the burn
211
212
ProCPR Basic Written Test
ANSWER KEY
1)
A
2)
A
3)
C
4)
B
5)
C
6)
A
7)
D
8)
D
9)
C
10) B
11) D
12) C
13) B
14) A
15) D
16) D
213
214
ProCPR Basic Written Test Answer Sheet
ProCPR Basic Written Test Answer Sheet
Name:______________________ Date:________
Name:______________________ Date:________
1. _______
1. _______
2. _______
2. _______
3. _______
3. _______
4. _______
4. _______
5. _______
5. _______
6. _______
6. _______
7. _______
7. _______
8. _______
8. _______
9. _______
9. _______
10. _______
10. _______
11. _______
11. _______
12. _______
12. _______
13. _______
13. _______
14. _______
14. _______
15. _______
15. _______
16. _______
16. _______
215
216
ProCPR Basic (Layrescuer Adult CPR/AED) Test
Please do not write on the test. Select the best answer for each question. Write the letter of
your choice on the answer sheet.
Question 1
What is one of the five fears that prevents people from performing CPR?
a. The fear of doing CPR incorrectly and hurting the patient
b. The fear that a reward will not be given
c. The fear of the unknown
d. The fear that people in cardiac arrest are better off left alone
Question 2
You are walking in the park when you hear somebody scream. As you look in the direction of the
sound, you see a person lying on the ground about 30 feet away. What is the first thing you should
do?
a. Stop and check the scene for safety
b. Stay away because you might get sued if you try to help
c. Quickly go to the injured person to see what is wrong
d. Tap and shout to see if the person is responsive
Question 3
There is a man lying on the ground and the scene is safe. You have approached, put on your
personal protective equipment, and are kneeling beside him. What should you do now?
a. Be careful not to touch the person because of contagious diseases
b. Call 911
c. Tap and shout to check for responsiveness
d. Open the airway
Question 4
You have checked the man for responsiveness by tapping and shouting, and he is unresponsive. As
you look at the face and chest, he does not appear to be breathing normally. What should you do
next?
a. Be very careful not to move any part of his body because you might hurt him
b. Send someone to call 911
c. Open the airway
d. Give two breaths
Question 5
A bystander is calling 911. What is your next action?
a. Place him in the recovery position
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Start Chest Compressions
d. Give two breaths
Question 6
You gave 30 chest compressions to an unresponsive man. What is your next action?
a. Open the airway and give two breaths
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Do a finger sweep
d. Look, listen, and feel for breathing
217
Question 7
You have just given 30 chest compressions followed by 2 breaths to an unresponsive man. What is
your next action?
a. Give two more breaths
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Reposition the airway
d. Give 30 chest compressions
Question 8
How will you perform CPR on an unresponsive man with no signs of life?
a. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 80 per minute, followed by 1 breath
b. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 80 per minute, followed by 2
breaths
c. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute, followed
by 1 breath
d. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute, followed
by 2 breaths
Question 9
You are kneeling at the side of an unresponsive man who does not appear to be breathing normally.
You have called 911. You do not have personal protective equipment available and do not feel
comfortable giving breaths. How will you perform effective CPR?
a. Give breaths anyway. Without breaths CPR is totally ineffective.
b. Use a piece of paper towel over the mouth to protect yourself
c. Give hands-only (compression-only) CPR
d. Wait for EMS personnel to arrive
Question 10
You are eating lunch in a restaurant and a woman suddenly drops to the floor behind you. The scene
is safe, so you approach and check for responsiveness. She is unresponsive and not breathing
normally. You call 911. Next, you give 30 compressions, check the mouth for an object, and attempt a
breaths. The breath does not go in, and the chest does not rise. What is your next action?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Give abdominal thrusts
Reposition the head and reattempt a breath
Perform a finger sweep
Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
Question 11
After you reposition the head of the unresponsive woman and attempt another breath , the
breath still will not go in, and the chest will not rise. What is your next action?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Give abdominal thrusts
Reposition the head and reattempt 2 breaths
Perform a finger sweep
Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute
Question 12
You just gave 30 chest compressions to the unconscious, choking woman. What is your next action?
a. Give abdominal thrusts
b. Immediately attempt 2 breaths
c. Perform a finger sweep if you see an object in the mouth
d. Give another set of 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
218
Question 13
You performed a finger sweep for the unconscious, choking woman, and pulled an object out of her
mouth. What is your next action?
a. Give abdominal thrusts
b. Attempt 2 breaths
c. Place the person in the recovery position
d. Give another set of 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
Question 14
As you are eating in a restaurant, your friend stands up and cannot cough, speak or breathe. What is
your next action?
a. Call 911, stand behind the person, and give abdominal thrusts
b. Call 911 and give 30 chest thrusts
c. Encourage the person to try harder to cough
d. Lay the victim down and give 30 chest compressions
Question 15
A coworker has a severe headache, slurred speech, and weakness on the left side of her body. What
medical emergency do you suspect?
a.
Seizure
b.
Diabetic emergency
c.
Heart attack
d.
Stroke
Question 16
A 48-year-old male is experiencing shortness of breath, sweating, and crushing pain in his chest. He
states that he has not been feeling well for the past hour. What medical emergency do you suspect?
a.
Stroke
b.
Flu
c.
Diabetic emergency
d.
Heart attack
219
220
ProFirstAid Advanced Written Test
ANSWER KEY
1)
A
36) C
2)
A
37) A
3)
C
38) C
4)
B
39) B
5)
C
40) C
6)
D
7)
A
8)
D
9)
C
10) D
11) B
12) B
13) D
14) C
15) B
16) A
17) A
18) A
19) C
20) D
21) D
22) B
23) D
24) B
25) B
26) B
27) A
28) D
29) C
30) C
31) D
32) A
33) C
34) B
35) C
221
222
ProFirstAid Advanced Written Test Answer Sheet
ProFirstAid Advanced Written Test Answer Sheet
Name:______________________ Date:________
Name:______________________ Date:________
1. _______
36. _______
1. _______
36. _______
2. _______
37. _______
2. _______
37. _______
3. _______
38. _______
3. _______
38. _______
4. _______
39. _______
4. _______
39. _______
5. _______
40. _______
5. _______
40. _______
6. _______
6. _______
7. _______
7. _______
8. _______
8. _______
9. _______
9. _______
10. _______
10. _______
11. _______
11. _______
12. _______
12. _______
13. _______
13. _______
14. _______
14. _______
15. _______
15. _______
16. _______
16. _______
17. _______
17. _______
18. _______
18. _______
19. _______
19. _______
20. _______
20. _______
21. _______
21. _______
22. _______
22. _______
23. _______
23. _______
24. _______
24. _______
25. _______
25. _______
26. _______
26. _______
27. _______
27. _______
28. _______
28. _______
29. _______
29. _______
30. _______
30. _______
31. _______
31. _______
32. _______
32. _______
33. _______
33. _______
34. _______
34. _______
35. _______
35. _______
223
ProFirstAid Advanced (Healthcare Provider Adult, Child, Infant CPR/AED
and First Aid) Test
Please do not write on the test. Select the best answer for each question. Write the letter of
your choice on the answer sheet.
Question 1
What is one of the five fears that prevents people from performing CPR?
a. The fear of doing CPR incorrectly and hurting the patient
b. The fear that a reward will not be given
c. The fear of the unknown
d. The fear that people in cardiac arrest are better off left alone
Question 2
You are walking in the park when you hear somebody scream. As you look in the direction of the
sound, you see a person lying on the ground about 30 feet away. What is the first thing you should
do?
a. Stop and check the scene for safety
b. Stay away because you might get sued if you try to help
c. Quickly go to the injured person to see what is wrong
d. Tap and shout to see if the person is responsive
Question 3
There is a man lying on the ground and the scene is safe. You have approached, put on your
personal protective equipment, and are kneeling beside him. What should you do now?
a. Be careful not to touch the person because of contagious diseases
b. Call 911
c. Tap and shout to check for responsiveness
d. Open the airway
Question 4
You have checked the man for responsiveness by tapping and shouting, and he is unresponsive, and
does not appear to be breathing normally. What should you do next?
a. Be very careful not to move any part of his body because you might hurt him
b. Send someone to call 911
c. Open the airway
d. Give two breaths
Question 5
You have checked the man for responsiveness by tapping and shouting, and he is unresponsive, and
does not appear to be breathing normally. A bystander is calling 911. What is your next action?
a. Place him in the recovery position
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Check for a carotid pulse
d. Give two breaths
Question 6
You find an unresponsive man has no pulse. What is your next action?
a. Give two breaths
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Do a finger sweep
d. Give 30 chest compressions
225
Question 7
You have just given 30 chest compressions to an unresponsive man with no pulse. What is your next
action?
a. Open the airway and give two breaths
b. Wait for EMS to arrive
c. Reposition the airway and look for an object
d. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute, then 2 breaths
Question 8
How will you perform CPR for an adult with no pulse?
a. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 80 per minute, compressing 2 inches deep, followed
by 1 breath
b. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 80 per minute, compressing 2 inches deep, followed
by 2 breaths
c. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute,compressing at least 2 inches
deep, followed by 1 breath
d. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute, compressing at least 2 inches
deep, followed by 2 breaths
Question 9
You are kneeling at the side of an unresponsive man who does not appear to be breathing normally. You
have called 911. You do not have personal protective equipment available and do not feel comfortable
giving breaths.How will you perform effective CPR?
a. Give breaths anyway. Without breaths CPR is totally ineffective.
b. Use a piece of paper towel over the mouth to protect yourself
c. Give hands-only (compression-only) CPR
d. Wait for EMS personnel to arrive
Question 10
What is the preferred method for performing 1-rescuer CPR on an infant?
a.
Use the heel of one hand to give chest compressions 1/3 to 1/2 the depth of the chest
b.
Use two hands to give chest compressions 1/3 to 1/2 the depth of the chest
c.
Use the "2 thumbs, hands encircling the chest" technique
d.
Use two fingers of one hand to give chest compressions at least 1/3 the depth of the chest
Question 11
What is the preferred method for performing 1-rescuer CPR on a child?
a. Always use two hands to give chest compressions at least 1/3 the depth of the chest
b. Use the heel of one hand to give chest compressions at least 1/3 the depth of the chest
c. Use the heel of one hand to give chest compressions 2 inches deep
d. Use the heel of one hand to give chest compressions as deep as you can
Question 12
You are eating lunch in a restaurant and a woman suddenly drops to the floor behind you. The scene is
safe, so you approach and check for responsiveness. She is unresponsive and not breathing normally.
You call 911. Next, you give 30 compressions, check the mouth for an object, and attempt breaths. The
first breath did not go in, and the chest did not rise. What is your next action?
a. Give abdominal thrusts
b. Reposition the head and reattempt a breath
c. Perform a finger sweep
d. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
Question 13
After you reposition the head of the unresponsive woman and attempt a breath , the breath still will not
go in, and the chest will not rise. What is your next action?
a. Give abdominal thrusts
b. Reposition the head and reattempt 2 breaths
c. Perform a finger sweep
d. Give 30 chest compressions at a rate of at least 100 per minute
Question 14
You just gave 30 chest compressions to the unconscious, choking woman. What is your next action?
a. Give abdominal thrusts
b. Immediately attempt 2 breaths
c. Perform a finger sweep if you see an object in the mouth
d. Give another set of 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
Question 15
You performed a finger sweep for the unconscious, choking woman, and pulled an object out of her
mouth. What is your next action?
a. Give abdominal thrusts
b. Attempt a breath. If it goes in, give a second breath
c. Place the person in the recovery position
d. Give another set of 30 chest compressions at a rate of 100 per minute
Question 16
As you are eating in a restaurant, your friend stands up and cannot cough, speak or breathe. What is
your next action?
a. Call 911, stand behind the person, and give abdominal thrusts
b. Call 911 and give 30 chest thrusts
c. Encourage the person to try harder to cough
d. Lay the victim down and give 30 chest compressions
Question 17
You believe an infant is choking because he is conscious but not breathing, coughing, or moving air. You
should:
a.
Give 5 back blows followed by 5 chest thrusts and repeat until the object comes out or the
baby becomes unconscious
b.
Give abdominal thrusts and repeat until the object comes out or the baby becomes
unconscious
c.
Try to sweep the object out of the mouth with your pinky finger
d.
Give continuous back slaps until the object comes out
Question 18
Video: Unconscious Infant Choking (skip unconscious child choking)
You tried to give the first breath to an unconscious choking infant, but the air did not go in. You
repositioned the head and reattempted another breath . The air still did not go in or make the chest
rise. What should you do next?
a. Give 30 chest compressions using 2 fingers in the center of the chest
b. Call 911, keep him comfortable, and monitor airway, breathing, and circulation until help
arrives
c. Perform a finger sweep to get the object out
d. Give 5 back blows followed by 5 chest thrusts
Question 19
You just finished doing 30 chest compressions on an unconscious choking infant. What should you do
next?
a. Give another 30 chest compressions using 2 fingers in the center of the chest
b. Immediately perform a finger sweep using your index finger
c. Check the airway and perform a finger sweep if there is an object
d. Give 5 back blows followed by 5 chest thrusts
Question 20
A coworker has a severe headache, slurred speech, and weakness on the left side of her body. What
medical emergency do you suspect?
a. Seizure
b. Diabetic emergency
c. Heart attack
d. Stroke
Question 21
A 48-year-old male is experiencing shortness of breath, sweating, and crushing pain in his chest. He
states that he has not been feeling well for the past hour. What medical emergency do you suspect?
a. Stroke
b. Flu
c. Diabetic emergency
d. Heart attack
Question 22
A fellow employee was struck in the nose by a wrench. Blood is on the tool and the floor. How should you
protect yourself to properly clean up the blood?
a. Use a sterile gauze to wipe off the tool and the floor
b. Wear proper personal protective equipment
c. Just be careful not to touch the fluids with your hands
d. Call for a professional cleaning service
Question 23
While performing CPR at your job, blood gets in your mouth. What should you do next?
a. Report the incident to your supervisor and go to the doctor after your shift is over
b. Rinse out your mouth with water for a minimum of 20 minutes
c. Rinse out your mouth with mouthwash, which will kill all the germs
d. Decontaminate, report the incident, and do not delay medical evaluation
Question 24
A man cut his forearm and is bleeding severely. Blood is spurting out of the wound with each heartbeat.
What should you do?
a. Apply a pressure bandage immediately
b. Use direct pressure on the wound and apply a pressure bandage
c. Lower the wound below the level of the heart, then wrap a pressure bandage around it
d. Apply a tourniquet as soon as possible
Question 25
You have applied direct pressure and a pressure bandage to a man who cut his forearm and was
bleeding severely. He is pale, has moist skin, feels dizzy, and is acting confused. What medical
emergency do you suspect, and how should you treat the victim?
a. Heart attack: keep him calm until the ambulance arrives
b. Shock: elevate the legs and keep victim warm
c. Diabetic emergency: give him something sweet to eat
d. Stroke: monitor his airway, breathing, and circulation
Question 26
You have a victim that is unconscious and breathing without any obvious injuries that need immediate
treatment. You have called 911. How would you begin a secondary survey to find fractures, bleeding, and
other injuries that are not obvious on initial inspection?
a. Start with the arms to find problems with muscle control
b. Start at the head, making sure the airway is open
c. Start at the legs, making sure there is movement
d. Start at the chest, making sure no ribs are broken
Question 27
A coworker fell down to the ground and used his arm to stop the fall. He tried using his hand to stand up
and noticed severe pain in his right wrist. There is swelling, and he is unable to move his wrist, so you
suspect a fracture. How should you treat this injury?
a. Check for serious illness or injury that may have caused the fall. Stabilize the injured part to
avoid movement.
b. Make sure there is not a compound fracture by pressing on the injured area. If there is a great
deal of pain, apply a splint.
c. Tell the coworker to hold onto the wrist tightly while you assist him to the nearest place for
medical treatment
d. Apply a splint immediately. Straighten any deformed areas before applying the splint.
Question 28
A person fell from a 10-foot ladder onto a sidewalk. The person is unresponsive. You suspect a potential
head, neck, or back injury. What should be your first actions?
a. Call 911 and check for other potential fractures in the ribs, arms, and legs
b. Send someone to call 911 and use something to splint the neck area
c. Splint the spine, check for fractures, and call 911
d. Minimize movement, call 911, and check airway, breathing, and circulation (signs of life)
Question 29
You notice a man having what appears to be a seizure. What should you do to help this person?
a. Call 911 and hold the man down to stop him from convulsing
b. Shove a stick, comb or wallet into the man's mouth so he doesn't swallow his tongue
c. Call 911 and protect the person from injury
d. Send someone to call 911 and get the man's mouth open any way you can
Question 30
Choose the one item listed that you would NOT give to a person who is experiencing a diabetic
emergency?
a. Glucose gel
b. Sugar
c. Insulin
d. Juice
Question 31
A three-inch-long, toothpick-sized piece of wood is stuck in a coworker's right eye. How would you treat
the injury?
a. Pack gauze tightly around the wood so it cannot move. Then, use roller gauze to wrap both
eyes to apply pressure.
b. Loosely wrap gauze around the injured eye
c. Place an eye pad over the injured eye and tape it down snugly
d. Place a cup over the object in the injured eye and cover both eyes
Question 32
A person ate a candy bar containing peanuts about 15 minutes ago and has the following symptoms:
difficulty breathing, blotchy skin, and swelling around the lips. What do you suspect?
a. An allergic reaction
b. A diabetic reaction
c. A stroke
d. Choking
Question 33
A coworker was working for several hours outside where the temperature was 42 degrees Fahrenheit. He
is shivering, confused, and dressed inappropriately for the temperature. What do you believe this person
is suffering from?
a. Stroke
b. Hyperthermia
c. Hypothermia
d. Heart problems
Question 34
A 48-year-old male was working on a construction site on a very hot and humid day. He staggers to your
vehicle and tells you that he is dizzy, his legs are cramping, and he feels sick. He is sweating, and his skin
feels hot and wet. What would you suspect?
a. Heart attack
b. Heat exhaustion
c. Heat stroke
d. Diabetic emergency
Question 35
Which of the following is the appropriate treatment for a person with a suspected second-degree (blister)
burn on her forearm?
a. Wrap the burned area snugly with a roller gauze to cover it
b. Cool the burn by holding ice directly on the skin
c. Cool the burn by applying cool water
d. Smear large amounts of butter or olive oil all over the burn
Question 36
You have an adult who was just pulled out of a pool after drowning. You have checked the scene for
safety, checked for responsiveness, and called 911. What will indicate that you need to perform rescue
breathing at a rate of 1 breath every 5 seconds instead of CPR?
a. The person begins to move and gag
b. You check for breathing and find no breathing
c. You check the pulse. The victim is not breathing but has a pulse.
d. You check the pulse and find no pulse
Question 37
You are performing rescue breathing on a child. After 2 minutes, you stop to recheck the pulse. You feel a
pulse but the child is still not breathing. What should you do now?
a. Continue rescue breathing by giving 1 breath every 3 seconds
b. Double check the breathing and pulse for another 10 to 15 seconds
c. Continue rescue breathing by giving 1 breath every 5 seconds
d. Give 30 chest compressions by placing the heel of one hand directly on the center of the
chest
Question 38
You and a coworker are performing 2-person CPR on an adult victim, and you are about to give breaths
with a bag valve mask. The single most important thing to remember when using a bag valve mask is:
a. Oxygen is always used with a bag valve mask(BVM)
b. The mask must be an exact size and fit the person in order to provide adequate ventilation
c. Bag valve mask use should be effective and cause good chest rise and fall
d. Bag valve mask seal is performed with the C 3 method
Question 39
You have been been performing CPR by yourself on an infant for a few minutes. A neighbor arrives and
says she knows 2 person CPR. What will you do?
a. Have the second rescuer take over breaths. You will give 30 compressions using the 2
thumbs hands encircling chest technique and she will give 2 breaths.
b. Have the second rescuer take over compressions. She will give 15 compressions using the 2
thumbs hands encircling chest technique and you will give 2 breaths.
c. Tell the second rescuer to wait until you get tired. When you are exhausted, tell her to take
over.
d. Tell her that she can't legally help you unless she has a current CPR certification
Question 40
You are performing CPR compressions and a coworker is giving breaths for an adult patient. What will
you do after about 5 cycles of 30 compressions to 2 breaths or when you feel tired?
a. Tell your coworker that you will need to switch soon. Have the second rescuer continue
breaths while you continue compressions for 5 more cycles before switching positions.
b. Have your coworker take over compressions immediately. You will give 2 breaths after your
coworker finishes 30 compressions.
c. Call for a switch and complete your 30 compressions. Your coworker will finish with 2 breaths,
move into position, and give 30 chest compressions. After the 30 compressions, you will give
2 breaths.
d. Tell your coworker to take over CPR while you rest for a few cycles of 30 compressions to 2
breaths
Appendix E-
Sample Certification Cards
Front
Back
JIM SMITH
01 Jan 2011
01 Jan 2013
129083355777
JODY MARVIN
1000
JODYMARVIN
MARVIN
JODY
# 1000
1000
JODY MARVIN
1000
JIM SMITH
01 Jan 2011
01 Jan 2013
129083355777
JIM SMITH
01 Jan 2011
01 Jan 2013
129083355777
233
Front
Back
JIM SMITH
01 Jan 2011
01 Jan 2013
129083355777
JODY MARVIN
1000
ProBloodborne SAMPLE Course Certification Card
Participants will complete the training and testing online. After successfully passing the written test, the participant will be issued a certification card valid for 1 year.
JIM SMITH
01 Jan 2011
01 Jan 2012
100% Online Cognitive Training SAMPLE Course Certification Card
Participants will complete the training and testing online. After successfully passing the written test, the participant will be issued a certification card valid for 2 year.
JIM SMITH
234
01 Jan 2011
01 Jan 2013
129083355799
100% online card only states cognitive evaluation.
100% online card only has one signature line.
Appendix F-
Equipment Decontamination
and Participant Safety
Manikin Decontamination & Participant Safety
There has never been a documented case of a CPR manikin transmitting a bacterial,
fungal, or viral disease. In order to prevent the possibility of an infectious disease being
spread from manikin use, manikins need to be cleaned and disinfected properly. The
following are the evaluator’s responsibilities in regard to manikin decontamination:

Inspect manikins before each use:
Look for cracks or tears on the face that could inhibit cleaning or may injure a
participant. Do not use manikins with cracks or tears on the face.

Personal Protective Equipment:
Participants should use their own practice face shield or rescue mask and wear
gloves when performing skills.

Decontaminate manikins during use:
After every participant’s use, the face and inside mouth should be wiped briskly.
Manikins with individual use lungs should be changed between each participant.
Use a clean absorbent material wetted down with a solution of household
chlorine bleach and water (1 part bleach to 10 parts water solution). A solution of
70% alcohol (isopropanol or ethanol) will also work well. Let the surface stay wet
for about 1 minute before wiping off with a clean dry cloth or letting it air-dry.

Decontaminate manikins after each session or day:
All manikins used should be thoroughly cleaned after each session or day of use.
Remember to clean manikins in a well ventilated area and use safety goggles
and gloves when cleaning manikins. Completely disassemble according to
manufacturer’s directions and scrub the parts with warm soapy water, rinse, and
decontaminate by soaking in a bleach solution for 10 minutes. Make sure to
scrub manikin parts vigorously as this is just as important as using a bleach
solution. Rinse with fresh water, dry, and reassemble. Make sure to replace the
disposable lungs and airway passages with new parts.

Participant Safety:
Individuals that take the course may have a wide range of physical limitations:
hearing disabilities, legally blind, lack of full use of limbs, back troubles, etc. A
blended participant will be familiar with the required skills after completing the
web-based content. However, evaluators should use the skill sheets to brief
individuals on the required skills. Some adaptations may be made as long as the
objective of the skill can be successfully met. If the objective cannot be safely
met respectfully explain that certification cannot be given. Do not compromise
the safety of the participant or the evaluator.
235
236
Appendix G-ProBloodborne Course
-Bloodborne for Body Art Course
237
ProBloodborne Course Facts
OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.1030 and Infection Control
Description:
ProBloodborne includes the following Bloodborne Pathogens and Infection Control
training:
 Basic Terms related to BloodBorne Pathogens
 How bloodborne pathogens and infectious disease are spread
 Healthcare Professional’s responsibilities to avoid spreading BBP and infectious disease
 HIV and Aids, including symptoms and prevention
 Hepatitis B, including symptoms, prevention, and vaccine
 Hepatitis C, including symptoms and prevention
 Other infectious concerns
 How to reduce risks of exposure including appropriate engineering controls,
work practices, personal protective equipment, and safe injection practices.
 Information on the types, proper use, location, removal, handling, decontamination and disposal of personal protective equipment
 Exposure control plans
 Proper cleanup and decontamination procedures
 Procedure to follow if an exposure incident occurs
 An explanation of the signs and labels and/or color coding required for
 hazardous disposal
 An opportunity for interactive questions and answers is available with the
training organization via email, chat, and phone support.
Purpose:
This course is intended for people who need OSHA compliant Bloodborne Pathogens
and infection control training, according to OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1030 standard, as part
of their job requirement because they may face occupational exposure to Bloodborne
Pathogens and infectious disease. People who need this certification include healthcare providers, daycare providers, home care workers, teachers, and general workplace employees.
Course Design:
Traditional Classroom:
 ProBloodborne Training: 2 Hours
 After the participant has passed the written test with a minimum of 80% correct, he
or she will receive a certification card valid for 1 year.
Online: www.probloodborne.com
 All cognitive learning and testing is to be completed online at the participant’s own
pace. After the participant has passed the written test with a minimum of 80% cor238 rect, he or she will receive a certification card valid for 1 year.
ProBloodborne Instructor Activities
When you see the camera symbol it is time to show the video. The video titles will be
highlighted in red.
When you see the teacher symbol it is time to teach key points. Yellow highlighted text is
information the instructor needs to know. Green highlighted text is information the instructor needs to say. Make sure to state the key points to the students in each section. The
key points are the most important things the students need to know after each activity.
In short, the color coding system is as follows:
Red= Stop and show the video to the students
Yellow= Slow down and review the information before proceeding
Green= Go present the information to the students
(See end of instructor activities for complete OSHA 29CFR 1910.1030 standard)
Videos for the ProBloodborne Course are available online at
www.probloodborne.com and on the ProBloodborne Instructor DVD
Key Points:

The goal of the ProBloodborne course is to help the student gain the knowledge
and skills necessary to prevent the transmission of bloodborne pathogens.

The course will combine short video segments and discussion. There will be a written test at the end. Make sure to pay attention to the key points in each of our activities.

Are there any questions before we begin? (briefly answer any questions.
Show video: Introduction to Bloodborne Pathogens
Key Points:
Bloodborne Pathogens are microorganisms (such as viruses) that are present in human blood and can cause disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not
limited to, hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C (HCV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
Infectious Disease is a disease that enters into the body through various routes, that
is caused by microorganisms such as a bacteria, fungus, or virus. Infectious diseases
239
can range from mild to life-threatening.
video: How Bloodborne Pathogens Spread
Key Points:
The Chain of Infection
For disease to be spread, it requires that all of the following conditions be
present:
 An adequate number of pathogens, or disease-causing organisms.
 A reservoir or source that allows the pathogen to survive and multiply
(e.g., blood).
 A mode of transmission from the source to the host.
 An entrance through which the pathogen may enter the host.
 A susceptible host (i.e., one who is not immune).
Effective infection control strategies prevent disease transmission by interrupting one or more links in the chain of infection.
The primary source of potential infection is blood and bodily fluids, especially those visibly contaminated with blood
 cerebrospinal fluid (Brain)
 synovial fluid (Joints)
 pleural fluid (Lungs)
 amniotic fluid (Uterus)
 pericardial fluid (Heart)
 peritoneal fluid (Abdomen)
 semen
 vaginal secretions
 blood
 any body fluid contaminated with blood
 body fluids that cannot be recognized
Modes of Transmission
 Direct contact -occurs when microorganisms are transferred from
one infected person directly to another person. For example, infected
blood from on person enters a care giver’s body through an open cut.
 Indirect contact- involves the transfer of an infectious agent through
a contaminated object or person. For example, a caregiver doesn't
wash hands in-between caring for someone with infected body fluids
and other patients. For Example, Parenteral contact with a needle
stick.
 Airborne transmission– occurs when droplets or small particles contain infectious agents that remain effective over time and distance in
the air. Tuberculosis is a common disease spread this way. Bloodborne pathogens are not typically spread this way.
240





Sexual contact is the primary mode of transmission for Bloodborne Pathogens, however the risk of exposure does exist while providing medical or
first aid care
The highest potential risk while providing care exists when a contaminated
sharp object cuts or punctures the skin. (Parenteral examples: needle stick,
illegal drug usage, cut from broken glass, bite)
A medium potential risk exists when an infected body fluid gets into an open
cut or mucous membrane (inside eyes, mouth, ears or nose)
The lowest potential risk is when a contaminated object touches inflamed
skin, acne, or skin abrasion
Unlike some infectious diseases, Bloodborne Pathogens are NOT spread
by:
 Intact skin- is created as our first defense against disease. The CDC states
that there is no known risk from exposure to intact skin
 Casual contact- such as handshakes and hugging
Show Video: HIV and Aids
Key Points:
HIV- attacks the body’s ability to protect itself against disease (autoimmune system) and may cause AIDS (Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome)
 Approximately 1.1 million people in the US are living with HIV/AIDS. Approximately 50,000 people become infected with HIV each year. About
15,000 people every year in the USA die from AIDS.
 Symptoms may or may not be present. You may be infected for years and
not know it. Only a blood test can determine the infection, not symptoms:
 Fever
 Fatigue
 Weight loss
 Rash
The HIV virus is fragile and may die within seconds outside the body. The
amount of HIV present in the body fluid and the conditions will determine
how long the virus lives.
 HIV is primarily spread by sexual contact with an infected person or by sharing needles and/or syringes (primarily for drug injection). Babies may become infected before/during birth or through breast-feeding. Only a fraction
of less than 1% of the people contract the virus from providing medical care.
 HIV it is not spread by casual contact like handshakes, sharing food, door
241

knobs, sneezing, toilet seats, swimming pools, etc…
There is no vaccination
Show video: Hepatitus B
Key Points:
Hepatitis B Virus- reproduces in the liver causing inflammation and possibly
cirrhosis or liver cancer.
 Over 1.2 million people in the US have chronic HBV. About 38,000 people/
year become infected with HBV. Each year, about 3,000 people die as a result of liver disease caused by HBV. Infections have decreased since 1990
because of the HBV vaccine.
 Symptoms may or may not be present. The older, the more apt to have
symptoms. Only a blood test can determine the infection. Symptoms may
include:
 yellow skin (jaundice)
 yellowing eyes
 tiredness
 loss of appetite, nausea
 joint pain
 abdominal discomfort





242
Up to 100 times easier to catch than HIV. HBV can live outside of body for at
least 7 days and longer.
90% adults who contract hepatitis B clear the virus from their systems within
a few months and develop immunity. About 10% become chronic--the virus
stays in the blood, infecting liver cells damaging them over time.
If exposed to the virus, infants and young children are most at risk from
chronic infections, complications, and death. Further, in most children, the
virus is a silent killer. It destroys the liver or induces liver cancer often over a
period of 20 years or more.
HBV is primarily spread by sexual contact with an infected person, sharing
needles and/or syringes (primarily for drug injection), from an infected
mother to her baby during birth, or sharps exposures on the job
However, still like HIV it is not spread by casual contact like handshakes,
sharing food, doorknobs, sneezing, toilet seats, swimming pools, etc…
Key Points:
HBV Vaccine– usually given in 3 doses
 Hepatitis B vaccine is made from a part of the hepatitis B virus. It cannot
cause H.B.V. infection.
 Hepatitis B vaccines are among the safest vaccines we have. In studies, severe adverse events were not detected and local reactions were no greater
in persons receiving hepatitis B vaccine than persons who received a placebo or another vaccine.
 Booster doses of hepatitis B vaccine are not recommended. Immune memory remains indefinitely following immunization.
 It is wise to have Immunity confirmed through antibody testing 1-2 months after
the vaccine.
 HBV vaccine is 80 to 95% effective in providing protection from Hepatitis B
when the complete series of three doses of vaccine are administered.
 The HBV vaccine must be offered free to employees who face occupational
exposure to bloodborne pathogens. Employees who do not want the vaccine
must complete a vaccine declination form. (
 Occupationally exposed employees include those who:
 Administer first aid
 Provide medical aid to students
 Assist in bathroom care
 Work in medical or dental offices
 Perform custodial duties involving the cleaning and decontamination
of surfaces that may be contaminated with blood and or other potentially infections materials (OPIM).
 Handle Regulated medical waste
Show Video: Hepatitus C
Key Points:
Hepatitis C Virus- reproduces in the liver causing inflammation and possibly
cirrhosis or liver cancer.
 3.2 million people are infected in the USA with about 17,000 new cases
each year. Deaths from chronic disease each year are about 12,000.
243






About 80% of exposed people develop a chronic infection. 20% are able to
clear the virus by naturally building immunity.
Symptoms are not a reliable way to detect HCV. A blood test is needed.
Symptoms may look the same as HBV.
Unlike HIV or HBV, HCV is spread primarily through parenteral contact:
 Illegal injection drug use
 Transfusion or transplant from infected donor
 Tattoos
Occupational exposure to blood mostly through needle sticks
It is also spread through:
 Birth to HCV-infected mother
 Multiple sex partners
There is no cure or vaccination
Watch Video: Skin Diseases and Disorders
Key Points:
Skin Diseases, Disorders, and Conditions– Persons with boils, infected
wounds, open sores, abrasions, or weeping dermatological lesions should avoid
working where there is a likelihood they could contaminate healthcare supplies,
body art equipment, or working surfaces. Worker’s skin should be free of rash or
infection. Healthcare workers, tattoo artists, and caregivers should cover any
sores with bandages to avoid the potential spread of disease.
Skin Anatomy– Skin is the largest organ of the body. Contains blood
vessels, sensory receptors, nerves, and sweat glands. It is made up of
the Epidermis and the dermis. Varies in thickness from 1.5 to 4 mm or
more. Skin is the first line of defense against infection.
 Epidermis- The thick outer layer of tissue
 Dermis– Strong, flexible second layer of connective tissue.
The dermis is filled with blood vessels. Unclean tattooing or
body art is a high risk activity for bloodborne pathogens because it involves multiple punctures of the skin to instill pigment into the dermis.
 Hypodermis– Just below the skin, it is the fatty layer, also
called the subcutaneous layer.
 Commonly spread skin diseases:
Bacteria:
 MRSA- (methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus) infection
can look like an ordinary skin wound, boil, or infected sore.
People contract MRSA by touching infected mucous mem244
branes, skin, or contaminated objects.
Virus:
 Herpes Simplex– Generally found on the face, scalp, arms,
neck and upper chest. Small round blisters when broken can
secrete a clear or yellowish fluid. People contract herpes by
touching infected saliva, mucous membranes, or skin.
Fungus:
 Athlete’s Foot, Jock Itch, and Ringworm– Causes red, patchy,
flaky, itchy areas. It is contagious and is easily spread from
one person to another. Spreads when infected area on another
person or contaminated surfaces (showers) are touched. Affected areas need to be kept clean and dry.
 Some people with the following conditions are more prone to skin disorders. Healing may be adversely affected by receiving tattoos or
body art:
 History of Hepatitis B or Hepatitis C
 HIV/AIDS
 Diabetes
 History of hemophilia or any other blood disorder/
disease
 History of skin diseases or skin lesions
 History of allergies or adverse reactions to pigments,
dyes, latex, etc.
 Immune disorders
Show Video: How to Reduce Your Risk
Key Points:
Standard Precautions
 Treat all body fluids from every person as potentially infectious
 Follow the recommendations in the employer’s Bloodborne Pathogens Exposure Control Plan
Bloodborne Pathogens Exposure Control PlanElements that must be included:
 Determination of employee exposure
 Implementation of various methods of exposure control, including:
 Universal precautions
 Engineering and work practice controls
 Personal protective equipment
 Housekeeping
 Hepatitis B vaccination
245
 Post-exposure evaluation and follow-up
Communication of hazards to employees and training
Recordkeeping
Procedures for evaluating circumstances surrounding exposure incidents
 Implementation methods for these elements



Controlling exposures- The fundamental method of protecting workers is controlling hazards.
Hierarchy of controls: The control methods at the top of the list have a
higher potential to be more effective than those at the bottom:
 Elimination– get rid of the hazard
 Substitution– replace hazard with a safer method
 Engineering controls– use devices such as self sheathing needles
and sharps containers to block or eliminate risk
 Work Practice and Administrative controls– follow policies and procedures to eliminate risk
 Personal protective equipment
Show Video: Work Practice Controls
Key Points:
Work Practice, Engineering and Administrative Controls
 Follow all training, legal requirements, policies and procedures related to infection control at your facility
 Example Work Practice Controls
 Do not eat, drink, smoke, apply cosmetics or handle contact lenses in
areas where there is the possibility of exposure to BBP.
 When emptying trash containers, do not use your hands to compress
the trash in the bag. Lift and carry the trash bag away from your body
Use Personal Protective Equipment- (PPE must be provided by your employer)

Gloves– use when the potential exists of touching blood, body fluids, or
contaminated items.

CPR Shields and Eye Protection– use when patient care is likely to generate splashes or secretions of blood/body fluids.

Gowns– use when the potential exists of contact with blood/body fluids on
clothing or exposed skin.

Masks and Respirators– Use to protect from potential airborne infectious
diseases.
246
Know where PPE is at your workplace
Know what PPE is available and how to use it
Make sure first-aid kits and emergency supplies include disposable gloves
and CPR face shields or rescue masks
 If laundering items rather than disposing, follow your facility’s procedures for
handling laundry: General Laundry procedures:
 Wear PPE
 Keep contaminated laundry separate from other laundry
 Bag potentially contaminated laundry where it is used
 Use leak-proof bags for wet laundry
 Transport in properly labeled bags



Show Video: Regulated Waste
Key Points:
Hazardous Disposal
 Definition:
Liquid or semi-liquid blood or other potentially infectious materials
(OPIM). Contaminated items that would release blood or other potentially
infectious materials in a liquid or semi-liquid state if compressed
 Dispose of in a properly labeled biohazard container: either a red bag or
container labeled in orange or orange-red with the Bio-Hazard symbol.
 Properly labeled and bundled waste needs to be handled according to your
facility’s disposal procedures. Do not dispose in normal trash.
Show Video: Body Fluid Cleanup
Key Points:
Cleanup Procedures
 Use a solution of 1 part household bleach to 10 parts water or ¼ cup bleach
to a gallon of water.
 Other commercial disinfectants registered with the EPA as effective against
247
HIV/HBV may be used. Check the label.


Use Personal Protective Equipment.
If a Body Fluid Spill Kit is available, use according to manufacture’s directions
1. First, put on Personal Protective Equipment
2. Remove visible material with absorbent towels
3. If any sharp object or broken glass is visible, remove with tongs or
dust pan and place in a ridged sealable container. Never use bare
hands.
4. Spray disinfectant liberally on contaminated area and let stand for up
to 10 minutes
5. Once the area has been disinfected, dry area with absorbent towels
and dispose of towels in trash
Show Video: Glove Removal
Key Points:
Glove Removal
 Remember, only skin touches skin and glove touches glove
 Grip one glove near the cuff and peel it down until it comes off inside out.
Cup it in the palm of your gloved hand
 Place two fingers of your bare hand inside the cuff of the remaining glove
 Peel that glove down so that it also comes off inside out and over the first
glove.
 Properly dispose of the gloves.
Watch Video: Hand Washing
Key Points:
Hand Hygiene
 Hand Hygiene is the most important infection control technique.
 Disinfect your hands whenever they are visibly dirty or contaminated and...
 Before:
 having contact with patients
 putting on gloves
248



inserting any invasive device
manipulating an invasive device
After:
having contact with a patient’s skin
having contact with bodily fluids or excretions, non-intact skin,
wound dressings, contaminated items
 having contact with inanimate objects near a patient
 removing gloves
How to Practice Proper Hand Hygiene:
 Alcohol-Based Hand Rubs (foam and gel) kill more effectively and more
quickly than handwashing with soap and water. They are also less damaging to the skin. It is preferred method unless hands are visibly dirty.
 Apply to palm of one hand (the amount used depends on specific
hand rub product).
 Rub hands together, covering all surfaces, focusing in particular on
the fingertips and fingernails, until dry. Use enough rub to require at
least 15 seconds to dry.
 Soap and Water
 Wet hands with water.
 Apply soap.
 Rub hands together for at least 15 seconds, covering all surfaces, focusing on fingertips and fingernails.
 Rinse under running water and dry with disposable towel.
 Use the towel to turn off the faucet.


Hospital Associated Infections
Key Points:
Hospital Associated Infections
 To avoid the spread of bloodborne pathogens and infectious diseases,
healthcare professionals have an ethical and professional responsibility to
adhere to scientifically accepted or evidence based practices and principles
of infection control and to monitor the performance of those for whom the
professional is responsible.
 Multiple organizations publish best practices for infection control. Some
states, such as New York, include a legal responsibility to adhere to infection
control practices.
 Nosocomial infections are those that originate or occur in a hospital or hospital-like setting. In American hospitals alone, healthcare-associated infections
account for an estimated 1.7 million infections and 99,000 associated deaths
each year.
249
 Some of the common nosocomial infections are urinary tract infec-
tions, respiratory pneumonia, surgical site wound infections, bacteremia, gastrointestinal and skin infections.
 According to the CDC, the most common pathogens that cause nosocomial infections are Staphylococcus aureus, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, and E. coli.
 MRSA- methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus. It is a
strain of staph that's resistant to the broad-spectrum antibiotics
commonly used to treat it. MRSA can be fatal.
 Pseudomonas aeruginosa– pathogens that are highly resistant
to antibiotics. Because antibiotics are usually non-effective, it
can lead to more serious infections: septicemia, urinary tract
infections, pneumonia, chronic lung infections, endocarditis,
dermatitis, and osteochondritis.
 E. Coli– typically causes severe stomach cramps, diarrhea
(often bloody), and vomiting. Some E. coli strains can be life
threatening.

Exposure Prevention is the primary strategy for reducing occupational exposure
Watch Video: Safe Injection Practices
Key Points:
250
Safe injection practices
 The Needlestick Prevention Act requires appropriate, commercially available, and effective safer medical devices designed to eliminate or minimize
occupational exposure
 Needles and other sharps must be discarded in rigid, leak-proof, puncture
resistance containers
 Do not bend, shear, break or recap needles. If you must recap, use onehanded method.
 Use aseptic technique to avoid contamination of sterile injection equipment.
 Do not administer medications from a syringe to multiple patients, even if the
needle or cannula on the syringe is changed. Needles, cannulae and syringes are sterile, single-use items; they should not be reused for another
patient nor to access a medication or solution that might be used for a subsequent patient.
 Use fluid infusion and administration sets (i.e., intravenous bags, tubing and
connectors) for one patient only and dispose appropriately after use. Consider a syringe or needle/cannula contaminated once it has been used to
enter or connect to a patient's intravenous infusion bag or administration set.
 Use single-dose vials for parenteral medications whenever possible.
 Do not administer medications from single-dose vials or ampules to multiple
patients or combine leftover contents for later use.
If multidose vials must be used, both the needle or cannula and syringe
used to access the multidose vial must be sterile.
 Do not keep multidose vials in the immediate patient treatment area and
store in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations; discard if
sterility is compromised or questionable.
 Do not use bags or bottles of intravenous solution as a common source of
supply for multiple patients.
 Infection control practices for special lumbar puncture procedures: Wear a
surgical mask when placing a catheter or injecting material into the spinal
canal or subdural space (i.e., during myelograms, lumbar puncture and spinal or epidural anesthesia.)

Show Video: Exposure Incident and Reporting
Key Points:
Exposure Incident and Reporting
An exposure incident is defined as a specific mucous membrane, broken
skin, or puncture contact with blood or OPIM that results from the performance of an employee's duties.
 If you think you’ve been exposed, decontaminate, report to supervisor, and
seek medical treatment. An immediate confidential post exposure medical
evaluation, prophylactic treatment, and follow-up needs to be conducted by
a physician.
 Complete forms as soon as possible after incident. Don’t delay medical
treatment to fill out paperwork.
Complete an Exposure Incident Report including the following:
 A description of how the exposure occurred
 Time, date, and place
 All people involved including source individual, exposed person(s), and first aid providers
 Forms and continued follow-up action will proceed according to employer’s
policies and procedures.

251
Administer Written Test




(Located at the end of the instructor activities section.)
Allow students ample time to complete the test.
Check answers using the answer sheet
Students must have 80% correct to pass the test
Student who fail may be remediated and given a second opportunity to pass the test.
Students who do not pass the second attempt must retake the course.
After-course responsibilities:
 Instructor completes student checklist and keeps a copy on file for min. of 1 year.
 Instructor completes online classroom records through instructor dashboard so students
will receive certification cards.
References:
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Estimates of Healthcare-Associated Infections. http://www.cdc.gov/hai/. 2011
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Injection Safety Information for Providers. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dhqp/
ps_providerInfo.html
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Guideline for Hand Hygiene in Healthcare Settings - 2011. http://www.cdc.gov/handhygiene/
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. NIOSH safety and health topic: Body Art. http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/body_art/
default.html
Special Notes:
Sample HBV Vaccine Declination
I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I
may be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection. I have been given the opportunity to be
vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, at no charge to myself. However, I decline hepatitis B vaccination at this time. I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B, a serious disease. If in the future I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other
potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the
vaccination series at no charge to me.
New York State Infection Control Outline
Element I
The Professional’s responsibility to adhere to scientifically accepted principles and practices
of infection control and to monitor the performance of those for who the professional is responsible.
 Covered under topic “How Are Bloodborne Pathogens and Infectious Disease are
Spread”, Subheading Healthcare Professionals
Element II
The modes and mechanisms of transmission of pathogenic organisms in the healthcare setting and strategies for prevention and control.
 Covered under topic “Definition”
252
 Covered under topic “How Are Bloodborne Pathogens and Infectious Disease are
Spread”
 Covered under topic “HIV, HBV, HCV, and Other Concerns”
Element III
The use of engineering and work practice controls to reduce the opportunity for patient
and healthcare worker contact with potentially infectious material
 Covered under topic “How to Reduce Your Risk”
Element IV
Selection and use of barriers and/or personal protective equipment for preventing patient and healthcare worker contact with potentially infectious material.
 Covered under topic “How to Reduce Your Risk” Subheading Use Personal
Protective Equipment
Element V
The creation and maintenance of a safe environment for patient care through application of infection control principles and practices for cleaning, disinfection, and sterilization.
 Covered under topic “How to Reduce Your Risk”
 Covered under topic “Hazardous Disposal”
 Covered under topic “Cleanup Procedures”
Element VI
The prevention and management of infectious or communicable disease in healthcare
workers
 Covered under topic “How Are Bloodborne Pathogens and Infectious Disease are Spread”, Subheading Healthcare Professionals
253
Retreived from http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10051
Complete 29 CFR 1910.1030 OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens Standard
1910.1030(a)
Scope and Application. This section applies to all occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials as defined by paragraph (b) of this section.
1910.1030(b)
Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following shall apply:
Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, or designated representative.
Blood means human blood, human blood components, and products made from human blood.
Bloodborne Pathogens means pathogenic microorganisms that are present in human blood and can cause disease in humans.
These pathogens include, but are not limited to, hepatitis B virus (HBV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
Clinical Laboratory means a workplace where diagnostic or other screening procedures are performed on blood or other potentially infectious materials.
Contaminated means the presence or the reasonably anticipated presence of blood or other potentially infectious materials on an
item or surface.
Contaminated Laundry means laundry which has been soiled with blood or other potentially infectious materials or may contain
sharps.
Contaminated Sharps means any contaminated object that can penetrate the skin including, but not limited to, needles, scalpels,
broken glass, broken capillary tubes, and exposed ends of dental wires.
Decontamination means the use of physical or chemical means to remove, inactivate, or destroy bloodborne pathogens on a surface or item to the point where they are no longer capable of transmitting infectious particles and the surface or item is rendered
safe for handling, use, or disposal.
Director means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human
Services, or designated representative.
Engineering Controls means controls (e.g., sharps disposal containers, self-sheathing needles, safer medical devices, such as
sharps with engineered sharps injury protections and needleless systems) that isolate or remove the bloodborne pathogens hazard
from the workplace.
Exposure Incident means a specific eye, mouth, other mucous membrane, non-intact skin, or parenteral contact with blood or
other potentially infectious materials that results from the performance of an employee's duties.
Handwashing Facilities means a facility providing an adequate supply of running potable water, soap and single use towels or hot
air drying machines.
Licensed Healthcare Professional is a person whose legally permitted scope of practice allows him or her to independently perform the activities required by paragraph (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination and Post-exposure Evaluation and Follow-up.
HBV means hepatitis B virus.
HIV means human immunodeficiency virus.
Needleless systems means a device that does not use needles for:
(1) The collection of bodily fluids or withdrawal of body fluids after initial venous or arterial access is established; (2) The administration of medication or fluids; or (3) Any other procedure involving the potential for occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens
due to percutaneous injuries from contaminated sharps.
Occupational Exposure means reasonably anticipated skin, eye, mucous membrane, or parenteral contact with blood or other
potentially infectious materials that may result from the performance of an employee's duties.
Other Potentially Infectious Materials means (1) The following human body fluids: semen, vaginal secretions, cerebrospinal fluid,
synovial fluid, pleural fluid, pericardial fluid, peritoneal fluid, amniotic fluid, saliva in dental procedures, any body fluid that is visibly
contaminated with blood, and all body fluids in situations where it is difficult or impossible to differentiate between body fluids; (2)
Any unfixed tissue or organ (other than intact skin) from a human (living or dead); and (3) HIV-containing cell or tissue cultures,
organ cultures, and HIV- or HBV-containing culture medium or other solutions; and blood, organs, or other tissues from experimental animals infected with HIV or HBV.
Parenteral means piercing mucous membranes or the skin barrier through such events as needlesticks, human bites, cuts, and
abrasions.
Personal Protective Equipment is specialized clothing or equipment worn by an employee for protection against a hazard. Gen254work clothes (e.g., uniforms, pants, shirts or blouses) not intended to function as protection against a hazard are not considered
eral
to be personal protective equipment.
Production Facility means a facility engaged in industrial-scale, large-volume or high concentration production of HIV or HBV.
Regulated Waste means liquid or semi-liquid blood or other potentially infectious materials; contaminated items that would release
blood or other potentially infectious materials in a liquid or semi-liquid state if compressed; items that are caked with dried blood or
other potentially infectious materials and are capable of releasing these materials during handling; contaminated sharps; and pathological and microbiological wastes containing blood or other potentially infectious materials.
Research Laboratory means a laboratory producing or using research-laboratory-scale amounts of HIV or HBV. Research laboratories may produce high concentrations of HIV or HBV but not in the volume found in production facilities.
Sharps with engineered sharps injury protections means a nonneedle sharp or a needle device used for withdrawing body fluids, accessing a vein or artery, or administering medications or other fluids, with a built-in safety feature or mechanism that effectively reduces the risk of an exposure incident.
Source Individual means any individual, living or dead, whose blood or other potentially infectious materials may be a source of
occupational exposure to the employee. Examples include, but are not limited to, hospital and clinic patients; clients in institutions
for the developmentally disabled; trauma victims; clients of drug and alcohol treatment facilities; residents of hospices and nursing
homes; human remains; and individuals who donate or sell blood or blood components.
Sterilize means the use of a physical or chemical procedure to destroy all microbial life including highly resistant bacterial endospores.
Universal Precautions is an approach to infection control. According to the concept of Universal Precautions, all human blood and
certain human body fluids are treated as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, and other bloodborne pathogens.
Work Practice Controls means controls that reduce the likelihood of exposure by altering the manner in which a task is performed
(e.g., prohibiting recapping of needles by a two-handed technique).
1910.1030(c)
Exposure Control -1910.1030(c)(1)
Exposure Control Plan.
1910.1030(c)(1)(i)
Each employer having an employee(s) with occupational exposure as defined by paragraph (b) of this section shall establish a written Exposure Control Plan designed to eliminate or minimize employee exposure.
1910.1030(c)(1)(ii)
The Exposure Control Plan shall contain at least the following elements:
1910.1030(c)(1)(ii)(A)
The exposure determination required by paragraph (c)(2),
1910.1030(c)(1)(ii)(B)
The schedule and method of implementation for paragraphs (d) Methods of Compliance, (e) HIV and HBV Research Laboratories
and Production Facilities, (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination and Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-up, (g) Communication of Hazards
to Employees, and (h) Recordkeeping, of this standard, and
1910.1030(c)(1)(ii)(C)
The procedure for the evaluation of circumstances surrounding exposure incidents as required by paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this standard.
1910.1030(c)(1)(iii)
Each employer shall ensure that a copy of the Exposure Control Plan is accessible to employees in accordance with 29 CFR
1910.1020(e).
1910.1030(c)(1)(iv)
The Exposure Control Plan shall be reviewed and updated at least annually and whenever necessary to reflect new or modified
tasks and procedures which affect occupational exposure and to reflect new or revised employee positions with occupational exposure. The review and update of such plans shall also:
1910.1030(c)(1)(iv)(A)
Reflect changes in technology that eliminate or reduce exposure to bloodborne pathogens; and
1910.1030(c)(1)(iv)(B)
Document annually consideration and implementation of appropriate commercially available and effective safer medical devices
designed to eliminate or minimize occupational exposure.
1910.1030(c)(1)(v)
An employer, who is required to establish an Exposure Control Plan shall solicit input from non-managerial employees responsible
for direct patient care who are potentially exposed to injuries from contaminated sharps in the identification, evaluation, and selection of effective engineering and work practice controls and shall document the solicitation in the Exposure Control Plan.
1910.1030(c)(1)(vi)
The Exposure Control Plan shall be made available to the Assistant Secretary and the Director upon request for examination and
copying.
1910.1030(c)(2)
Exposure Determination.
1910.1030(c)(2)(i)
Each employer who has an employee(s) with occupational exposure as defined by paragraph (b) of this section shall prepare an
exposure determination. This exposure determination shall contain the following:
1910.1030(c)(2)(i)(A)
255
A list of all job classifications in which all employees in those job classifications have occupational exposure;
1910.1030(c)(2)(i)(B)
A list of job classifications in which some employees have occupational exposure, and
1910.1030(c)(2)(i)(C)
A list of all tasks and procedures or groups of closely related task and procedures in which occupational exposure occurs and that
are performed by employees in job classifications listed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this standard.
1910.1030(c)(2)(ii)
This exposure determination shall be made without regard to the use of personal protective equipment.
1910.1030(d)
Methods of Compliance -1910.1030(d)(1)
General. Universal precautions shall be observed to prevent contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. Under circumstances in which differentiation between body fluid types is difficult or impossible, all body fluids shall be considered potentially
infectious materials.
1910.1030(d)(2)
Engineering and Work Practice Controls.
1910.1030(d)(2)(i)
Engineering and work practice controls shall be used to eliminate or minimize employee exposure. Where occupational exposure
remains after institution of these controls, personal protective equipment shall also be used.
1910.1030(d)(2)(ii)
Engineering controls shall be examined and maintained or replaced on a regular schedule to ensure their effectiveness.
1910.1030(d)(2)(iii)
Employers shall provide handwashing facilities which are readily accessible to employees.
1910.1030(d)(2)(iv)
When provision of handwashing facilities is not feasible, the employer shall provide either an appropriate antiseptic hand cleanser in
conjunction with clean cloth/paper towels or antiseptic towelettes. When antiseptic hand cleansers or towelettes are used, hands
shall be washed with soap and running water as soon as feasible.
1910.1030(d)(2)(v)
Employers shall ensure that employees wash their hands immediately or as soon as feasible after removal of gloves or other personal protective equipment.
1910.1030(d)(2)(vi)
Employers shall ensure that employees wash hands and any other skin with soap and water, or flush mucous membranes with
water immediately or as soon as feasible following contact of such body areas with blood or other potentially infectious materials.
1910.1030(d)(2)(vii)
Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps shall not be bent, recapped, or removed except as noted in paragraphs (d)
(2)(vii)(A) and (d)(2)(vii)(B) below. Shearing or breaking of contaminated needles is prohibited.
1910.1030(d)(2)(vii)(A)
Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps shall not be bent, recapped or removed unless the employer can demonstrate that no alternative is feasible or that such action is required by a specific medical or dental procedure.
1910.1030(d)(2)(vii)(B)
Such bending, recapping or needle removal must be accomplished through the use of a mechanical device or a one-handed technique.
1910.1030(d)(2)(viii)
Immediately or as soon as possible after use, contaminated reusable sharps shall be placed in appropriate containers until properly
reprocessed. These containers shall be:
1910.1030(d)(2)(viii)(A)
Puncture resistant;
1910.1030(d)(2)(viii)(B)
Labeled or color-coded in accordance with this standard;
1910.1030(d)(2)(viii)(C)
Leakproof on the sides and bottom; and
1910.1030(d)(2)(viii)(D)
In accordance with the requirements set forth in paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(E) for reusable sharps.
1910.1030(d)(2)(ix)
Eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and handling contact lenses are prohibited in work areas where there is a
reasonable likelihood of occupational exposure.
1910.1030(d)(2)(x)
Food and drink shall not be kept in refrigerators, freezers, shelves, cabinets or on countertops or benchtops where blood or other
potentially infectious materials are present.
1910.1030(d)(2)(xi)
All procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be performed in such a manner as to minimize splashing, spraying, spattering, and generation of droplets of these substances.
1910.1030(d)(2)(xii)
Mouth pipetting/suctioning of blood or other potentially infectious materials is prohibited.
1910.1030(d)(2)(xiii)
Specimens of blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be placed in a container which prevents leakage during collection,
handling, processing, storage, transport, or shipping.
1910.1030(d)(2)(xiii)(A)
The container for storage, transport, or shipping shall be labeled or color-coded according to paragraph (g)(1)(i) and closed prior to
being stored, transported, or shipped. When a facility utilizes Universal Precautions in the handling of all specimens, the labeling/
color-coding of specimens is not necessary provided containers are recognizable as containing specimens. This exemption only
256 while such specimens/containers remain within the facility. Labeling or color-coding in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) is
applies
required when such specimens/containers leave the facility.
1910.1030(d)(2)(xiii)(B)
If outside contamination of the primary container occurs, the primary container shall be placed within a second container which prevents leakage during handling, processing, storage, transport, or shipping and is labeled or color-coded according to the requirements of this standard.
1910.1030(d)(2)(xiii)(C)
If the specimen could puncture the primary container, the primary container shall be placed within a secondary container which is
puncture-resistant in addition to the above characteristics.
1910.1030(d)(2)(xiv)
Equipment which may become contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be examined prior to servicing
or shipping and shall be decontaminated as necessary, unless the employer can demonstrate that decontamination of such equipment or portions of such equipment is not feasible.
1910.1030(d)(2)(xiv)(A)
A readily observable label in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i)(H) shall be attached to the equipment stating which portions remain contaminated.
1910.1030(d)(2)(xiv)(B)
The employer shall ensure that this information is conveyed to all affected employees, the servicing representative, and/or the
manufacturer, as appropriate, prior to handling, servicing, or shipping so that appropriate precautions will be taken.
1910.1030(d)(3)
Personal Protective Equipment -1910.1030(d)(3)(i)
Provision. When there is occupational exposure, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the employee, appropriate personal protective equipment such as, but not limited to, gloves, gowns, laboratory coats, face shields or masks and eye protection, and mouthpieces, resuscitation bags, pocket masks, or other ventilation devices. Personal protective equipment will be considered
"appropriate" only if it does not permit blood or other potentially infectious materials to pass through to or reach the employee's work
clothes, street clothes, undergarments, skin, eyes, mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for the
duration of time which the protective equipment will be used.
1910.1030(d)(3)(ii)
Use. The employer shall ensure that the employee uses appropriate personal protective equipment unless the employer shows that
the employee temporarily and briefly declined to use personal protective equipment when, under rare and extraordinary circumstances, it was the employee's professional judgment that in the specific instance its use would have prevented the delivery of
health care or public safety services or would have posed an increased hazard to the safety of the worker or co-worker. When the
employee makes this judgement, the circumstances shall be investigated and documented in order to determine whether changes
can be instituted to prevent such occurrences in the future.
1910.1030(d)(3)(iii)
Accessibility. The employer shall ensure that appropriate personal protective equipment in the appropriate sizes is readily accessible at the worksite or is issued to employees. Hypoallergenic gloves, glove liners, powderless gloves, or other similar alternatives
shall be readily accessible to those employees who are allergic to the gloves normally provided.
1910.1030(d)(3)(iv)
Cleaning, Laundering, and Disposal. The employer shall clean, launder, and dispose of personal protective equipment required
by paragraphs (d) and (e) of this standard, at no cost to the employee.
1910.1030(d)(3)(v)
Repair and Replacement. The employer shall repair or replace personal protective equipment as needed to maintain its effectiveness, at no cost to the employee.
1910.1030(d)(3)(vi)
If a garment(s) is penetrated by blood or other potentially infectious materials, the garment(s) shall be removed immediately or as
soon as feasible.
1910.1030(d)(3)(vii)
All personal protective equipment shall be removed prior to leaving the work area.
1910.1030(d)(3)(viii)
When personal protective equipment is removed it shall be placed in an appropriately designated area or container for storage,
washing, decontamination or disposal.
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)
Gloves. Gloves shall be worn when it can be reasonably anticipated that the employee may have hand contact with blood, other
potentially infectious materials, mucous membranes, and non-intact skin; when performing vascular access procedures except as
specified in paragraph (d)(3)(ix)(D); and when handling or touching contaminated items or surfaces.
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(A)
Disposable (single use) gloves such as surgical or examination gloves, shall be replaced as soon as practical when contaminated or
as soon as feasible if they are torn, punctured, or when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(B)
Disposable (single use) gloves shall not be washed or decontaminated for re-use.
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(C)
Utility gloves may be decontaminated for re-use if the integrity of the glove is not compromised. However, they must be discarded if
they are cracked, peeling, torn, punctured, or exhibit other signs of deterioration or when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(D)
If an employer in a volunteer blood donation center judges that routine gloving for all phlebotomies is not necessary then the employer shall:
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(D)(1)
Periodically reevaluate this policy;
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(D)(2)
257
Make gloves available to all employees who wish to use them for phlebotomy;
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(D)(3)
Not discourage the use of gloves for phlebotomy; and
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(D)(4)
Require that gloves be used for phlebotomy in the following circumstances:
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(D)(4)(i)
When the employee has cuts, scratches, or other breaks in his or her skin;
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(D)(4)(ii)
When the employee judges that hand contamination with blood may occur, for example, when performing phlebotomy on an uncooperative source individual; and
1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)(D)(4)(iii)
When the employee is receiving training in phlebotomy.
1910.1030(d)(3)(x)
Masks, Eye Protection, and Face Shields. Masks in combination with eye protection devices, such as goggles or glasses with
solid side shields, or chin-length face shields, shall be worn whenever splashes, spray, spatter, or droplets of blood or other potentially infectious materials may be generated and eye, nose, or mouth contamination can be reasonably anticipated.
1910.1030(d)(3)(xi)
Gowns, Aprons, and Other Protective Body Clothing. Appropriate protective clothing such as, but not limited to, gowns, aprons,
lab coats, clinic jackets, or similar outer garments shall be worn in occupational exposure situations. The type and characteristics
will depend upon the task and degree of exposure anticipated.
1910.1030(d)(3)(xii)
Surgical caps or hoods and/or shoe covers or boots shall be worn in instances when gross contamination can reasonably be anticipated (e.g., autopsies, orthopaedic surgery).
1910.1030(d)(4)
Housekeeping -1910.1030(d)(4)(i)
General. Employers shall ensure that the worksite is maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. The employer shall determine
and implement an appropriate written schedule for cleaning and method of decontamination based upon the location within the
facility, type of surface to be cleaned, type of soil present, and tasks or procedures being performed in the area.
1910.1030(d)(4)(ii)
All equipment and environmental and working surfaces shall be cleaned and decontaminated after contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials.
1910.1030(d)(4)(ii)(A)
Contaminated work surfaces shall be decontaminated with an appropriate disinfectant after completion of procedures; immediately
or as soon as feasible when surfaces are overtly contaminated or after any spill of blood or other potentially infectious materials;
and at the end of the work shift if the surface may have become contaminated since the last cleaning.
1910.1030(d)(4)(ii)(B)
Protective coverings, such as plastic wrap, aluminum foil, or imperviously-backed absorbent paper used to cover equipment and
environmental surfaces, shall be removed and replaced as soon as feasible when they become overtly contaminated or at the end
of the workshift if they may have become contaminated during the shift.
1910.1030(d)(4)(ii)(C)
All bins, pails, cans, and similar receptacles intended for reuse which have a reasonable likelihood for becoming contaminated with
blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be inspected and decontaminated on a regularly scheduled basis and cleaned
and decontaminated immediately or as soon as feasible upon visible contamination.
1910.1030(d)(4)(ii)(D)
Broken glassware which may be contaminated shall not be picked up directly with the hands. It shall be cleaned up using mechanical means, such as a brush and dust pan, tongs, or forceps.
1910.1030(d)(4)(ii)(E)
Reusable sharps that are contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials shall not be stored or processed in a
manner that requires employees to reach by hand into the containers where these sharps have been placed.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)
Regulated Waste -1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)
Contaminated Sharps Discarding and Containment.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(1)
Contaminated sharps shall be discarded immediately or as soon as feasible in containers that are:
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(1)(i)
Closable;
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(1)(ii)
Puncture resistant;
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(1)(iii)
Leakproof on sides and bottom; and
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(1)(iv)
Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this standard.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(2)
During use, containers for contaminated sharps shall be:
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(2)(i)
Easily accessible to personnel and located as close as is feasible to the immediate area where sharps are used or can be reasonably anticipated to be found (e.g., laundries);
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(2)(ii)
Maintained upright throughout use; and
258
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(2)(iii)
Replaced routinely and not be allowed to overfill.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(3)
When moving containers of contaminated sharps from the area of use, the containers shall be:
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(3)(i)
Closed immediately prior to removal or replacement to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during handling, storage, transport,
or shipping;
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(3)(ii)
Placed in a secondary container if leakage is possible. The second container shall be:
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(3)(ii)(A)
Closable;
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(3)(ii)(B)
Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage during handling, storage, transport, or shipping; and
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(3)(ii)(C)
Labeled or color-coded according to paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this standard.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(A)(4)
Reusable containers shall not be opened, emptied, or cleaned manually or in any other manner which would expose employees to
the risk of percutaneous injury.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)
Other Regulated Waste Containment -1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)(1)
Regulated waste shall be placed in containers which are:
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)(1)(i)
Closable;
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)(1)(ii)
Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids during handling, storage, transport or shipping;
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)(1)(iii)
Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) this standard; and
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)(1)(iv)
Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)(2)
If outside contamination of the regulated waste container occurs, it shall be placed in a second container. The second container
shall be:
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)(2)(i)
Closable;
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)(2)(ii)
Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids during handling, storage, transport or shipping;
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)(2)(iii)
Labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this standard; and
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(B)(2)(iv)
Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)(C)
Disposal of all regulated waste shall be in accordance with applicable regulations of the United States, States and Territories, and
political subdivisions of States and Territories.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iv)
Laundry.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iv)(A)
Contaminated laundry shall be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iv)(A)(1)
Contaminated laundry shall be bagged or containerized at the location where it was used and shall not be sorted or rinsed in the
location of use.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iv)(A)(2)
Contaminated laundry shall be placed and transported in bags or containers labeled or color-coded in accordance with paragraph
(g)(1)(i) of this standard. When a facility utilizes Universal Precautions in the handling of all soiled laundry, alternative labeling or
color-coding is sufficient if it permits all employees to recognize the containers as requiring compliance with Universal Precautions.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iv)(A)(3)
Whenever contaminated laundry is wet and presents a reasonable likelihood of soak-through of or leakage from the bag or container, the laundry shall be placed and transported in bags or containers which prevent soak-through and/or leakage of fluids to the
exterior.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iv)(B)
The employer shall ensure that employees who have contact with contaminated laundry wear protective gloves and other appropriate personal protective equipment.
1910.1030(d)(4)(iv)(C)
When a facility ships contaminated laundry off-site to a second facility which does not utilize Universal Precautions in the handling
of all laundry, the facility generating the contaminated laundry must place such laundry in bags or containers which are labeled or
color-coded in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i).
1910.1030(e)
HIV and HBV Research Laboratories and Production Facilities.
1910.1030(e)(1)
This paragraph applies to research laboratories and production facilities engaged in the culture, production, concentration, experimentation, and manipulation of HIV and HBV. It does not apply to clinical or diagnostic laboratories engaged solely in the analysis
of
259
blood, tissues, or organs. These requirements apply in addition to the other requirements of the standard.
1910.1030(e)(2)
Research laboratories and production facilities shall meet the following criteria:
1910.1030(e)(2)(i)
Standard Microbiological Practices. All regulated waste shall either be incinerated or decontaminated by a method such as autoclaving known to effectively destroy bloodborne pathogens.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)
Special Practices.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(A)
Laboratory doors shall be kept closed when work involving HIV or HBV is in progress.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(B)
Contaminated materials that are to be decontaminated at a site away from the work area shall be placed in a durable, leakproof,
labeled or color-coded container that is closed before being removed from the work area.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(C)
Access to the work area shall be limited to authorized persons. Written policies and procedures shall be established whereby only
persons who have been advised of the potential biohazard, who meet any specific entry requirements, and who comply with all
entry and exit procedures shall be allowed to enter the work areas and animal rooms.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(D)
When other potentially infectious materials or infected animals are present in the work area or containment module, a hazard warning sign incorporating the universal biohazard symbol shall be posted on all access doors. The hazard warning sign shall comply
with paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this standard.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(E)
All activities involving other potentially infectious materials shall be conducted in biological safety cabinets or other physicalcontainment devices within the containment module. No work with these other potentially infectious materials shall be conducted on
the open bench.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(F)
Laboratory coats, gowns, smocks, uniforms, or other appropriate protective clothing shall be used in the work area and animal
rooms. Protective clothing shall not be worn outside of the work area and shall be decontaminated before being laundered.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(G)
Special care shall be taken to avoid skin contact with other potentially infectious materials. Gloves shall be worn when handling
infected animals and when making hand contact with other potentially infectious materials is unavoidable.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(H)
Before disposal all waste from work areas and from animal rooms shall either be incinerated or decontaminated by a method such
as autoclaving known to effectively destroy bloodborne pathogens.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(I)
Vacuum lines shall be protected with liquid disinfectant traps and high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters or filters of equivalent
or superior efficiency and which are checked routinely and maintained or replaced as necessary.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(J)
Hypodermic needles and syringes shall be used only for parenteral injection and aspiration of fluids from laboratory animals and
diaphragm bottles. Only needle-locking syringes or disposable syringe-needle units (i.e., the needle is integral to the syringe) shall
be used for the injection or aspiration of other potentially infectious materials. Extreme caution shall be used when handling needles
and syringes. A needle shall not be bent, sheared, replaced in the sheath or guard, or removed from the syringe following use. The
needle and syringe shall be promptly placed in a puncture-resistant container and autoclaved or decontaminated before reuse or
disposal.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(K)
All spills shall be immediately contained and cleaned up by appropriate professional staff or others properly trained and equipped to
work with potentially concentrated infectious materials.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(L)
A spill or accident that results in an exposure incident shall be immediately reported to the laboratory director or other responsible
person.
1910.1030(e)(2)(ii)(M)
A biosafety manual shall be prepared or adopted and periodically reviewed and updated at least annually or more often if necessary. Personnel shall be advised of potential hazards, shall be required to read instructions on practices and procedures, and shall
be required to follow them.
1910.1030(e)(2)(iii)
Containment Equipment.
1910.1030(e)(2)(iii)(A)
Certified biological safety cabinets (Class I, II, or III) or other appropriate combinations of personal protection or physical containment devices, such as special protective clothing, respirators, centrifuge safety cups, sealed centrifuge rotors, and containment
caging for animals, shall be used for all activities with other potentially infectious materials that pose a threat of exposure to droplets, splashes, spills, or aerosols.
1910.1030(e)(2)(iii)(B)
Biological safety cabinets shall be certified when installed, whenever they are moved and at least annually.
1910.1030(e)(3)
HIV and HBV research laboratories shall meet the following criteria:
1910.1030(e)(3)(i)
Each laboratory shall contain a facility for hand washing and an eye wash facility which is readily available within the work area.
1910.1030(e)(3)(ii)
An autoclave for decontamination of regulated waste shall be available.
1910.1030(e)(4)
HIV and HBV production facilities shall meet the following criteria:
260
1910.1030(e)(4)(i)
The work areas shall be separated from areas that are open to unrestricted traffic flow within the building. Passage through two sets
of doors shall be the basic requirement for entry into the work area from access corridors or other contiguous areas. Physical separation of the high-containment work area from access corridors or other areas or activities may also be provided by a double-doored
clothes-change room (showers may be included), airlock, or other access facility that requires passing through two sets of doors
before entering the work area.
1910.1030(e)(4)(ii)
The surfaces of doors, walls, floors and ceilings in the work area shall be water resistant so that they can be easily cleaned. Penetrations in these surfaces shall be sealed or capable of being sealed to facilitate decontamination.
1910.1030(e)(4)(iii)
Each work area shall contain a sink for washing hands and a readily available eye wash facility. The sink shall be foot, elbow, or
automatically operated and shall be located near the exit door of the work area.
1910.1030(e)(4)(iv)
Access doors to the work area or containment module shall be self-closing.
1910.1030(e)(4)(v)
An autoclave for decontamination of regulated waste shall be available within or as near as possible to the work area.
1910.1030(e)(4)(vi)
A ducted exhaust-air ventilation system shall be provided. This system shall create directional airflow that draws air into the work
area through the entry area. The exhaust air shall not be recirculated to any other area of the building, shall be discharged to the
outside, and shall be dispersed away from occupied areas and air intakes. The proper direction of the airflow shall be verified (i.e.,
into the work area).
1910.1030(e)(5)
Training Requirements. Additional training requirements for employees in HIV and HBV research laboratories and HIV and HBV
production facilities are specified in paragraph (g)(2)(ix).
1910.1030(f)
Hepatitis B Vaccination and Post-exposure Evaluation and Follow-up -1910.1030(f)(1)
General.
1910.1030(f)(1)(i)
The employer shall make available the hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series to all employees who have occupational exposure, and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up to all employees who have had an exposure incident.
1910.1030(f)(1)(ii)
The employer shall ensure that all medical evaluations and procedures including the hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series and
post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, including prophylaxis, are:
1910.1030(f)(1)(ii)(A)
Made available at no cost to the employee;
1910.1030(f)(1)(ii)(B)
Made available to the employee at a reasonable time and place;
1910.1030(f)(1)(ii)(C)
Performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician or by or under the supervision of another licensed healthcare professional; and
1910.1030(f)(1)(ii)(D)
Provided according to recommendations of the U.S. Public Health Service current at the time these evaluations and procedures
take place, except as specified by this paragraph (f).
1910.1030(f)(1)(iii)
The employer shall ensure that all laboratory tests are conducted by an accredited laboratory at no cost to the employee.
1910.1030(f)(2)
Hepatitis B Vaccination.
1910.1030(f)(2)(i)
Hepatitis B vaccination shall be made available after the employee has received the training required in paragraph (g)(2)(vii)(I) and
within 10 working days of initial assignment to all employees who have occupational exposure unless the employee has previously
received the complete hepatitis B vaccination series, antibody testing has revealed that the employee is immune, or the vaccine is
contraindicated for medical reasons.
1910.1030(f)(2)(ii)
The employer shall not make participation in a prescreening program a prerequisite for receiving hepatitis B vaccination.
1910.1030(f)(2)(iii)
If the employee initially declines hepatitis B vaccination but at a later date while still covered under the standard decides to accept
the vaccination, the employer shall make available hepatitis B vaccination at that time.
1910.1030(f)(2)(iv)
The employer shall assure that employees who decline to accept hepatitis B vaccination offered by the employer sign the statement
in Appendix A.
1910.1030(f)(2)(v)
If a routine booster dose(s) of hepatitis B vaccine is recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service at a future date, such booster
dose(s) shall be made available in accordance with section (f)(1)(ii).
1910.1030(f)(3)
Post-exposure Evaluation and Follow-up. Following a report of an exposure incident, the employer shall make immediately available to the exposed employee a confidential medical evaluation and follow-up, including at least the following elements:
1910.1030(f)(3)(i)
Documentation of the route(s) of exposure, and the circumstances under which the exposure incident occurred;
1910.1030(f)(3)(ii)
Identification and documentation of the source individual, unless the employer can establish that identification is infeasible or prohibited by state or local law;
261
1910.1030(f)(3)(ii)(A)
The source individual's blood shall be tested as soon as feasible and after consent is obtained in order to determine HBV and HIV
infectivity. If consent is not obtained, the employer shall establish that legally required consent cannot be obtained. When the source
individual's consent is not required by law, the source individual's blood, if available, shall be tested and the results documented.
1910.1030(f)(3)(ii)(B)
When the source individual is already known to be infected with HBV or HIV, testing for the source individual's known HBV or HIV
status need not be repeated.
1910.1030(f)(3)(ii)(C)
Results of the source individual's testing shall be made available to the exposed employee, and the employee shall be informed of
applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure of the identity and infectious status of the source individual.
1910.1030(f)(3)(iii)
Collection and testing of blood for HBV and HIV serological status;
1910.1030(f)(3)(iii)(A)
The exposed employee's blood shall be collected as soon as feasible and tested after consent is obtained.
1910.1030(f)(3)(iii)(B)
If the employee consents to baseline blood collection, but does not give consent at that time for HIV serologic testing, the sample
shall be preserved for at least 90 days. If, within 90 days of the exposure incident, the employee elects to have the baseline sample
tested, such testing shall be done as soon as feasible.
1910.1030(f)(3)(iv)
Post-exposure prophylaxis, when medically indicated, as recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service;
1910.1030(f)(3)(v)
Counseling; and
1910.1030(f)(3)(vi)
Evaluation of reported illnesses.
1910.1030(f)(4)
Information Provided to the Healthcare Professional.
1910.1030(f)(4)(i)
The employer shall ensure that the healthcare professional responsible for the employee's Hepatitis B vaccination is provided a
copy of this regulation.
1910.1030(f)(4)(ii)
The employer shall ensure that the healthcare professional evaluating an employee after an exposure incident is provided the following information:
1910.1030(f)(4)(ii)(A)
A copy of this regulation;
1910.1030(f)(4)(ii)(B)
A description of the exposed employee's duties as they relate to the exposure incident;
1910.1030(f)(4)(ii)(C)
Documentation of the route(s) of exposure and circumstances under which exposure occurred;
1910.1030(f)(4)(ii)(D)
Results of the source individual's blood testing, if available; and
1910.1030(f)(4)(ii)(E)
All medical records relevant to the appropriate treatment of the employee including vaccination status which are the employer's
responsibility to maintain.
1910.1030(f)(5)
Healthcare Professional's Written Opinion. The employer shall obtain and provide the employee with a copy of the evaluating
healthcare professional's written opinion within 15 days of the completion of the evaluation.
1910.1030(f)(5)(i)
The healthcare professional's written opinion for Hepatitis B vaccination shall be limited to whether Hepatitis B vaccination is indicated for an employee, and if the employee has received such vaccination.
1910.1030(f)(5)(ii)
The healthcare professional's written opinion for post-exposure evaluation and follow-up shall be limited to the following information:
1910.1030(f)(5)(ii)(A)
That the employee has been informed of the results of the evaluation; and
1910.1030(f)(5)(ii)(B)
That the employee has been told about any medical conditions resulting from exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials which require further evaluation or treatment.
1910.1030(f)(5)(iii)
All other findings or diagnoses shall remain confidential and shall not be included in the written report.
1910.1030(f)(6)
Medical Recordkeeping. Medical records required by this standard shall be maintained in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this
section.
1910.1030(g)
Communication of Hazards to Employees -1910.1030(g)(1)
Labels and Signs -1910.1030(g)(1)(i)
Labels.
1910.1030(g)(1)(i)(A)
Warning labels shall be affixed to containers of regulated waste, refrigerators and freezers containing blood or other potentially infectious
262 material; and other containers used to store, transport or ship blood or other potentially infectious materials, except as provided in paragraph (g)(1)(i)(E), (F) and (G).
1910.1030(g)(1)(i)(B)
Labels required by this section shall include the following legend:
1910.1030(g)(1)(i)(C)
These labels shall be fluorescent orange or orange-red or predominantly so, with lettering and symbols in a contrasting color.
1910.1030(g)(1)(i)(D)
Labels shall be affixed as close as feasible to the container by string, wire, adhesive, or other method that prevents their loss or
unintentional removal.
1910.1030(g)(1)(i)(E)
Red bags or red containers may be substituted for labels.
1910.1030(g)(1)(i)(F)
Containers of blood, blood components, or blood products that are labeled as to their contents and have been released for transfusion or other clinical use are exempted from the labeling requirements of paragraph (g).
1910.1030(g)(1)(i)(G)
Individual containers of blood or other potentially infectious materials that are placed in a labeled container during storage, transport, shipment or disposal are exempted from the labeling requirement.
1910.1030(g)(1)(i)(H)
Labels required for contaminated equipment shall be in accordance with this paragraph and shall also state which portions of the
equipment remain contaminated.
1910.1030(g)(1)(i)(I)
Regulated waste that has been decontaminated need not be labeled or color-coded.
1910.1030(g)(1)(ii)
Signs.
1910.1030(g)(1)(ii)(A)
The employer shall post signs at the entrance to work areas specified in paragraph (e), HIV and HBV Research Laboratory and
Production Facilities, which shall bear the following legend:
(Name of the Infectious Agent)
(Special requirements for entering the area)
(Name, telephone number of the laboratory director or other responsible person.)
1910.1030(g)(1)(ii)(B)
These signs shall be fluorescent orange-red or predominantly so, with lettering and symbols in a contrasting color.
1910.1030(g)(2)
Information and Training.
1910.1030(g)(2)(i)
The employer shall train each employee with occupational exposure in accordance with the requirements of this section. Such training must be provided at no cost to the employee and during working hours. The employer shall institute a training program and ensure employee participation in the program.
1910.1030(g)(2)(ii)
Training shall be provided as follows:
1910.1030(g)(2)(ii)(A)
263
At the time of initial assignment to tasks where occupational exposure may take place;
1910.1030(g)(2)(ii)(B)
At least annually thereafter.
1910.1030(g)(2)(iii)
[Reserved]
1910.1030(g)(2)(iv)
Annual training for all employees shall be provided within one year of their previous training.
1910.1030(g)(2)(v)
Employers shall provide additional training when changes such as modification of tasks or procedures or institution of new tasks or
procedures affect the employee's occupational exposure. The additional training may be limited to addressing the new exposures
created.
1910.1030(g)(2)(vi)
Material appropriate in content and vocabulary to educational level, literacy, and language of employees shall be used.
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)
The training program shall contain at a minimum the following elements:
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(A)
An accessible copy of the regulatory text of this standard and an explanation of its contents;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(B)
A general explanation of the epidemiology and symptoms of bloodborne diseases;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(C)
An explanation of the modes of transmission of bloodborne pathogens;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(D)
An explanation of the employer's exposure control plan and the means by which the employee can obtain a copy of the written plan;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(E)
An explanation of the appropriate methods for recognizing tasks and other activities that may involve exposure to blood and other
potentially infectious materials;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(F)
An explanation of the use and limitations of methods that will prevent or reduce exposure including appropriate engineering controls, work practices, and personal protective equipment;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(G)
Information on the types, proper use, location, removal, handling, decontamination and disposal of personal protective equipment;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(H)
An explanation of the basis for selection of personal protective equipment;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(I)
Information on the hepatitis B vaccine, including information on its efficacy, safety, method of administration, the benefits of being
vaccinated, and that the vaccine and vaccination will be offered free of charge;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(J)
Information on the appropriate actions to take and persons to contact in an emergency involving blood or other potentially infectious
materials;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(K)
An explanation of the procedure to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including the method of reporting the incident and the
medical follow-up that will be made available;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(L)
Information on the post-exposure evaluation and follow-up that the employer is required to provide for the employee following an
exposure incident;
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(M)
An explanation of the signs and labels and/or color coding required by paragraph (g)(1); and
1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)(N)
An opportunity for interactive questions and answers with the person conducting the training session.
1910.1030(g)(2)(viii)
The person conducting the training shall be knowledgeable in the subject matter covered by the elements contained in the training
program as it relates to the workplace that the training will address.
1910.1030(g)(2)(ix)
Additional Initial Training for Employees in HIV and HBV Laboratories and Production Facilities. Employees in HIV or HBV research
laboratories and HIV or HBV production facilities shall receive the following initial training in addition to the above training requirements.
1910.1030(g)(2)(ix)(A)
The employer shall assure that employees demonstrate proficiency in standard microbiological practices and techniques and in the
practices and operations specific to the facility before being allowed to work with HIV or HBV.
1910.1030(g)(2)(ix)(B)
The employer shall assure that employees have prior experience in the handling of human pathogens or tissue cultures before
working with HIV or HBV.
1910.1030(g)(2)(ix)(C)
The employer shall provide a training program to employees who have no prior experience in handling human pathogens. Initial
work activities shall not include the handling of infectious agents. A progression of work activities shall be assigned as techniques
are learned and proficiency is developed. The employer shall assure that employees participate in work activities involving infectious agents only after proficiency has been demonstrated.
1910.1030(h)
Recordkeeping -1910.1030(h)(1)
Medical Records.
264
1910.1030(h)(1)(i)
The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee with occupational exposure, in accordance with 29
CFR 1910.1020.
1910.1030(h)(1)(ii)
This record shall include:
1910.1030(h)(1)(ii)(A)
The name and social security number of the employee;
1910.1030(h)(1)(ii)(B)
A copy of the employee's hepatitis B vaccination status including the dates of all the hepatitis B vaccinations and any medical records relative to the employee's ability to receive vaccination as required by paragraph (f)(2);
1910.1030(h)(1)(ii)(C)
A copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, and follow-up procedures as required by paragraph (f)(3);
1910.1030(h)(1)(ii)(D)
The employer's copy of the healthcare professional's written opinion as required by paragraph (f)(5); and
1910.1030(h)(1)(ii)(E)
A copy of the information provided to the healthcare professional as required by paragraphs (f)(4)(ii)(B)(C) and (D).
1910.1030(h)(1)(iii)
Confidentiality. The employer shall ensure that employee medical records required by paragraph (h)(1) are:
1910.1030(h)(1)(iii)(A)
Kept confidential; and
1910.1030(h)(1)(iii)(B)
Not disclosed or reported without the employee's express written consent to any person within or outside the workplace except as
required by this section or as may be required by law.
1910.1030(h)(1)(iv)
The employer shall maintain the records required by paragraph (h) for at least the duration of employment plus 30 years in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.
1910.1030(h)(2)
Training Records.
1910.1030(h)(2)(i)
Training records shall include the following information:
1910.1030(h)(2)(i)(A)
The dates of the training sessions;
1910.1030(h)(2)(i)(B)
The contents or a summary of the training sessions;
1910.1030(h)(2)(i)(C)
The names and qualifications of persons conducting the training; and
1910.1030(h)(2)(i)(D)
The names and job titles of all persons attending the training sessions.
1910.1030(h)(2)(ii)
Training records shall be maintained for 3 years from the date on which the training occurred.
1910.1030(h)(3)
Availability.
1910.1030(h)(3)(i)
The employer shall ensure that all records required to be maintained by this section shall be made available upon request to the
Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.
1910.1030(h)(3)(ii)
Employee training records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request for examination and copying to employees, to
employee representatives, to the Director, and to the Assistant Secretary.
1910.1030(h)(3)(iii)
Employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request for examination and copying to the subject
employee, to anyone having written consent of the subject employee, to the Director, and to the Assistant Secretary in accordance
with 29 CFR 1910.1020.
1910.1030(h)(4)
Transfer of Records.
1910.1030(h)(4)(i)
The employer shall comply with the requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1910.1020(h).
1910.1030(h)(4)(ii)
If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the employer shall notify the Director, at least three months prior to their disposal and transmit them to the Director, if required
by the Director to do so, within that three month period.
1910.1030(h)(5)
Sharps injury log.
1910.1030(h)(5)(i)
The employer shall establish and maintain a sharps injury log for the recording of percutaneous injuries from contaminated sharps.
The information in the sharps injury log shall be recorded and maintained in such manner as to protect the confidentiality of the
injured employee. The sharps injury log shall contain, at a minimum:
1910.1030(h)(5)(i)(A)
The type and brand of device involved in the incident,
1910.1030(h)(5)(i)(B)
The department or work area where the exposure incident occurred, and
1910.1030(h)(5)(i)(C)
265
An explanation of how the incident occurred.
1910.1030(h)(5)(ii)
The requirement to establish and maintain a sharps injury log shall apply to any employer who is required to maintain a log of occupational injuries and illnesses under 29 CFR 1904.
1910.1030(h)(5)(iii)
The sharps injury log shall be maintained for the period required by 29 CFR 1904.6.
1910.1030(i)
Dates -1910.1030(i)(1)
Effective Date. The standard shall become effective on March 6, 1992.
1910.1030(i)(2)
The Exposure Control Plan required by paragraph (c) of this section shall be completed on or before May 5, 1992.
1910.1030(i)(3)
Paragraph (g)(2) Information and Training and (h) Recordkeeping shall take effect on or before June 4, 1992.
1910.1030(i)(4)
Paragraphs (d)(2) Engineering and Work Practice Controls, (d)(3) Personal Protective Equipment, (d)(4) Housekeeping, (e) HIV and
HBV Research Laboratories and Production Facilities, (f) Hepatitis B Vaccination and Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-up, and
(g)(1) Labels and Signs, shall take effect July 6, 1992.
[56 FR 64004, Dec. 06, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 12717, April 13, 1992; 57 FR 29206, July 1, 1992; 61 FR 5507, Feb. 13, 1996;
66 FR 5325 Jan., 18, 2001; 71 FR 16672 and 16673, April 3, 2006; 73 FR 75586, Dec. 12, 2008]
266
ProBloodborne Written Test
ANSWER KEY
1)
B
2)
D
3)
A
4)
C
5)
D
6)
A
7)
D
8)
B
9)
A
10) B
267
Download